TURNER CORP
10-K, 1994-03-31
GENERAL BLDG CONTRACTORS - NONRESIDENTIAL BLDGS
Previous: BOWATER INC, 10-K, 1994-03-31
Next: SMITH BARNEY SHEARSON MANAGED GOVERNMENTS FUND INC, N-30B-2, 1994-03-31




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                        
                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
                                        
[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)

                For the transition period from _______ to_______
                                        
                           Commission File No. 1-8719
                                        
                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                                        
               DELAWARE                13-3209884
          (State or other jurisdiction of                          (I.
                                                                   R.S
                                                                   .
                                                                   Emp
                                                                   loy
                                                                   er
          incorporation or organization)
Identification No.)

          375 Hudson Street, New York, New York                    100
                                                                   14
          (Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

          Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212)
          229-6000
          
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                       Name of Exchange
               Title of Class                          on which regist
                                                                   ere
                                                                   d
          Common Stock, $1 Par Value   American Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.          Yes [X]          No [   ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form
10-K.     [X]

      As of March 21, 1994, the aggregate market value on that date of
the  common  stock held by non-affiliates (based upon  the  last  sale
price  for  the  common  stock  on the American  Stock  Exchange)  was
$45,966,858.

     As of March 21, 1994, 5,109,457 shares of the registrant's common
stock were outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                                        
     Portions of definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to
Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 - Part III, Items
10-13.

                                     PART I
Item 1.         Business.

     The Turner Corporation (the "company") is a holding company that
is engaged together with its subsidiaries in general building
construction and construction management in the United States and
abroad and in real estate investment in the United States.  The Turner
Corporation establishes general policy direction, coordination and
planning, and provides cash management, internal accounting control
and other management services for its operating subsidiaries.

   Due to economic conditions generally, and to factors specifically
affecting the commercial real estate market, beginning in 1989, there
was a significant slowdown in commercial construction.  In an effort
to minimize the effects of this slowdown, during the last several
years, the company's construction subsidiaries increased their focus
on municipal, institutional, public, justice and amusement (i.e.,
hospital, university, aviation, aquariums, arenas and similar)
projects.  Approximately 55% in dollar value of the contracts awarded
to the construction subsidiaries in 1993 were in this area.

   During 1993, plans were developed to significantly reduce the
company's future operating costs and expenses and to improve
productivity.  This restructuring program principally involves a
reduction in the number of staff, plus the consolidation of offices
and facilities and the reorganization of support functions.  This
program will be implemented in 1994 and is expected to be completed in
1995.

   During the early 1980's, the company acquired and developed a
number of properties.  In 1987, the Company decided to discontinue its
property development activities and began trying to dispose of the
properties it owned.

   During 1993, the company sold three real estate properties and a
number of condominium units for $23.5 million which was essentially
the carrying amount of the properties on the company's books.  While
the company continues to seek purchasers for its real estate
properties, it is unlikely it will be able to dispose of its
properties in their entirety until there are more stable market
conditions in the areas in which the company's properties are located.

   Financial information about the registrant's operations in its
construction and real estate segments appear in the consolidated
financial statements and in footnote 15 on page 34 in Part II, Item 8
of this report.

   At December 31, 1993, The Turner Corporation and subsidiaries
employed approximately 2,500 staff employees, of which 1,400 held
supervisory positions and 1,100 held non-supervisory positions.
Construction Business.
     The Turner Corporation's construction business is conducted by a
number of construction subsidiaries (together, "Turner Construction").
Turner Construction is engaged primarily in the construction of
commercial and multi-family residential buildings, manufacturing and
research facilities, hospitals, correctional facilities, stadiums and
other entertainment facilities, airports and other structures.  Also,
it has a division which does interior work, such as building-out
office space.  Turner Construction normally does not build roads,
dams, or similar infrastructure elements.  Turner Construction
primarily acts as a general building contractor or as a construction
manager.  However, Turner Construction also sometimes acts as a
consultant to owners and others.

    Although Turner Construction is a nationwide (and to a lesser
extent, worldwide) construction firm, Turner Construction attempts to
compete locally in major cities of the United States through
essentially self-contained regional offices and partially self-
contained branch offices.  Its effort is to be a major builder in each
city or region in which it has an office.

    The Turner Corporation's principal construction subsidiary is
Turner Construction Company.  Universal Construction Co., Inc., The
Lathrop Company Inc., and Turner Caribe Inc., wholly-owned subsidiary
companies of The Turner Corporation or Turner Construction Company,
are also engaged in construction activities in the United States
principally in the Southeast, Midwest and Puerto Rico.  BFW
Construction Co., Inc. was a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
through June 30, 1993 and was engaged in construction activities in
the Southwest.

     When it acts as a general building contractor, Turner
Construction normally undertakes to construct a project and is paid
the entire price for the completed project.  Most aspects of the
construction, however, are performed by subcontractors who are paid by
Turner Construction.  The functions actually performed by Turner
Construction are the planning and scheduling of a construction
project, the procurement of materials, the marshalling of the manpower
required for the project, the awarding of subcontracts and the
direction and management of the construction operation.  During 1993,
1992, and 1991 general building contracting activities represented
69%, 78%, and 83% respectively of Turner Construction's value of work
completed.

     Turner Construction makes extensive use of specialty contractors
(such as structural steel contractors, electrical contractors and
plumbing contractors) as subcontractors in the performance of its
construction contracts.  The extent to which work is performed by
workmen on its own payroll varies with the location of a particular
project and is largely dependent on the availability of experienced
subcontractors in a particular area.  Work performed by Turner
Construction is generally limited to temporary facilities, foundation,
concrete, masonry and carpentry work.

     In its performance of construction management services, Turner
Construction, for a fee, monitors and coordinates the progress of the
work done by specialty contractors who are employed directly by the
owner to build the project.  During 1993, 1992 and 1991 management
construction services and consulting represented 31%, 22% and 17%,
respectively, of Turner Construction's value of work completed.
Construction management contracts involve less risk than do projects
in which Turner Construction is a general building contractor.
However, the profit from construction management contracts can be
substantially less than that which Turner Construction can earn when
it acts as a general building contractor.

     Construction contracts include lump sum or fixed price contracts,
cost-plus fixed fee contracts and variations thereof including cost-
plus guaranteed total contracts.  The majority of Turner
Construction's business involves negotiated contracts.  The remainder
of its contracts are secured by competitive bidding.

   Turner International Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries were
engaged in construction activities during 1993 in the United Kingdom,
Kuwait, Taiwan and other foreign countries.

    The company is also a partner with Karl Steiner Holding AG
("Steiner") of Switzerland in a joint venture by the name of Turner
Steiner International S.A., which renders general building
construction and construction consulting services outside Turner
Construction's and Steiner's respective home markets.

     The United States building construction industry is intensely
competitive and Turner Construction Company and the other domestic
construction subsidiaries compete with other major contractors as well
as with small contractors.  Competition in the industry takes on a
number of forms, including fee levels, quality of service and degree
of risk assumption.  Construction companies can expand their
operations rapidly and each large population center generally has a
number of medium-sized building contractors accustomed to undertaking
all but the largest and most complicated projects.  Through its
organizational structure of permanently established decentralized
branch offices and subsidiaries, Turner Construction competes directly
with those locally based contractors.  Year-to-year operations may be
adversely affected by general economic conditions which are
unfavorable for business and industry.  Exact statistical data is not
available for determining the relative size of construction companies,
however, based on the contract value of construction contracts
received in 1993 and published industry data, Turner Construction
believes that it is one of the largest building contractors operating
principally within the United States.

     A portion of the company's construction activity is performed
under  payment and performance bonds obtained through bonding capacity
from its sureties.  Projects requiring surety bonds are usually either
publicly funded or private projects, which often require FHA - type
mortgage insurance.  While the company's sureties limit the amount of
new payment and performance bonds available, this limitation did not
significantly restrict the company's ability to secure new work.
There could be certain circumstances, however, when this limitation
could influence the company's selection of prospective projects to
pursue.

     At December 31, 1993, the anticipated earnings associated with
backlog from work to be completed under construction, construction
management and construction consulting contracts and under awards
believed to be firm but not yet confirmed by signed formal contracts
was $91.8 million.  The anticipated earnings from work to be completed
on  contracts and awards at December 31, 1992 was $96.6 million.
Approximately 49% of the December 31, 1993 earnings backlog from
construction contracts relates to work expected to be performed during
1995 and beyond.  The backlog is important to long-range planning and
continuity of work for the company's permanent staff.  However,
anticipated earnings from construction contracts cannot and should not
be used as the basis of predictions with respect to future net income.

     The anticipated value of work to be completed under construction,
construction management and construction consulting contracts and
under awards believed to be firm but not yet confirmed by signed
formal contracts was $4.66 billion at December 31, 1993.  The
anticipated value of work to be completed on contracts and awards at
December 31, 1992 was $5.09 billion.  Approximately 53% of the
December 31, 1993 construction backlog is expected to be completed
during 1995 and beyond.

     Value of construction completed represents the cost of work put
in place and materials fabricated during the year and related earnings
pursuant to construction and construction management contracts,
together with fees and reimbursed expenses from consulting contracts.
It is essentially a measure of construction activity during the year
rather than "sales" or "revenues" in the sense that those terms are
used in other industries.

     Because of the varying proportion of construction, construction
management and construction consulting work, the impact of inflation
on the value of construction completed, changes in anticipated
earnings from construction contracts and anticipated value of work
completed will not necessarily be correlative.

     At December 31, 1993, Turner Construction employed approximately
2,400 staff employees, of whom about 1,320 were executives, project
managers, superintendents, engineers, purchasing agents, estimators,
senior accountants and other supervisory personnel.  In addition,
Turner Construction employs foremen and building craftsmen for
construction work which has not been subcontracted to specialty
contractors.  During 1993, approximately 3,300 foremen and building
craftsmen were employed at various times.

Real Estate.

    The Company's subsidiaries involved in real estate operations are
Rickenbacker Holdings, Inc. ("RHI"), and Turner Development
Corporation and  subsidiaries ("TDC").  Turner Construction also has
certain real estate holdings, either directly or through joint venture
interests, which are currently being marketed.  These holdings relate
to residential condominium developments in Boston and Puerto Rico.

     From 1980 to 1987, TDC engaged in real estate development in the
United States, principally in Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Michigan and
Virginia.  TDC developed and marketed office buildings and other
commercial and residential properties, principally in metropolitan
suburban areas.

     TDC essentially discontinued new development activity in 1987.
It is attempting to sell land parcels previously held for development
as well as certain developed projects.  At December 31, 1993, TDC
owned properties in seven states.

     TDC's development projects were financed principally by
construction and mortgage loans.  TDC is attempting to market projects
to institutional and other investors in commercial real estate.  In
connection with sales of projects, TDC may be required to guarantee
levels of occupancy and rentals for limited periods.

     Turner Medical Building Services ("TMBS") is engaged in project
consulting and development services for ancillary medical and other
health care facilities.  Its principal clients are hospitals,
physician group practice clinics, nursing home and life care sponsors.
TMBS provides  management of architectural and construction services.
TMBS subcontracts the design and construction of its projects.

     At December 31, 1993, TDC (including Turner Medical Building
Services) had 4 employees, of whom 3 were management, marketing and
other supervisory personnel.

     RHI owns and leases an air cargo distribution facility located at
the Rickenbacker Airport in Columbus, Ohio.  It is attempting to
market fifteen hundred acres of an adjacent property.  It has one
principal tenant of the facility whose lease expires in 1996.  Unless
RHI is able to extend the lease or replace the tenant, its earnings
will be adversely affected.

Item 2.         Properties.

     The Company's executive offices and offices of subsidiary
companies are located in leased facilities in commercial office
buildings, except for Universal Construction Co., Inc., which owns a
small office building in which its offices are located.  The company's
corporate headquarters and New York branch office are in 100,000
square feet of space which is leased until 2005.  Rental expense for
this space during 1993 was $2,140,000.  Each construction project has
temporary field offices.

     Turner Construction operates three equipment and storage yards,
located in Newark, New Jersey, Cincinnati, Ohio and St. Louis,
Missouri for the storage and repair of its construction tools and
equipment.  Turner Construction owns the Ohio storage and repair yards
and leases the New Jersey, and Missouri facilities.  Universal
Construction Co., Inc., owns a yard, while The Lathrop Company, Inc.,
leases yards for the storage and repair of construction equipment.

     Turner Construction leases major construction equipment such as
hoists, cranes and personnel lifts from equipment suppliers for use on
particular projects and generally owns only small tools and other
miscellaneous equipment; Universal Construction Co., Inc., and The
Lathrop Company, Inc. each own construction equipment, earth-moving
equipment and small tools.

     TDC holds as an investment a wholly-owned apartment complex which
it had previously developed, located in Orlando, Florida (200 units).
This property is encumbered by a mortgage note payable.

     RHI owns certain buildings and air cargo handling equipment at
the Rickenbacker Airport in Columbus, Ohio, which collateralize
related revenue bonds.

Item 3.         Legal Proceedings.

     The company is a defendant in various routine litigations
incident to its business.  While in some instances the amounts sought
are very substantial, and  certain parties are withholding amounts
included in construction receivables pending the outcome of the
litigation, in the opinion of management the resolution of such
litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the company.

Item 4.         Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

    None
                                        
                                     PART II
                                        
Item 5.         Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
Stockholder Matters.
              
          The Turner Corporation common stock is listed on the
          American Stock Exchange under the symbol TUR.

Quarterly Stock Information
_________________________________________
1993    High      Low       Close
First  $11.750    $7.375   $11.50
Second  12.875    11.00     12.50
Third   13.00      9.625     9.875
Fourth  10.50      6.75      7.875
_________________________________________
1992    High      Low       Close
First  $11.875    $6.375    $9.75
Second  10.375     8.375     8.50
Third    9.875     8.00      9.00
Fourth   8.875     6.875     7.25

     No dividends were declared or paid in 1993 or 1992.  As of March
21, 1994, there were approximately 3,065 record holders of the
registrant's common stock.

Item 6.       Selected Financial Data
The Turner Corporation and                                                 
Subsidiaries
       FIVE- YEAR SUMMARY OF                                              
       FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(in thousands, except share                                                
amounts)
                                                                           
                                 1993     1992      1991      1990     1989
Value of construction         $2,768,   $2,644    $2,672,    $3,258   $3,561
completed                        379     ,794       475      ,325     ,597
                                                                           
Earnings from construction    $67,434        $         $         $        $
contracts                              73,118    68,672    84,107   83,004
Earnings (losses) from real    (8,069   (7,603    (10,712    (30,23 ( (17,87
estate operations                  )        )         )        3) d     6)
                                                                  )
                                                                           
Gross earnings                $59,365        $         $         $        $
                                       65,515    57,960    53,874   65,128
Net income (loss)              (6,205 (  4,000  ( 11,342  ( (10,76    2,769
                                   ) a         b         c     8)
                                     )         )         )
Net income (loss) per common   (1.55)      .50      2.06    (2.41)      .54
share - primary
Dividends per Series B           2.16     2.16      2.16      2.16      .87
preferred share
Dividends per Series C          85.00    38.00                          
preferred share                                    --        --       --
Dividends per common share                                    1.00      
                                --       --        .50               1.075
Stockholders' equity          $54,683        $         $         $        $
                                       60,721    46,403    35,755   50,309
     Weighted average common 5,186,4   5,074,    4,981,1    4,925,   4,456,
shares outstanding - primary      42      943        52       072      240
Total assets                  $664,20        $         $         $        $
                                   6   726,55    734,841    782,25   886,47
                                            8                   6        6
 Notes payable due after one $ 69,545        $         $         $        $
        year and convertible           77,635    103,420    78,393   100,96
                   debenture                                             7
(a) Includes restructuring                                                 
charges of $8,500.
  (b) Includes extraordinary                                              
 gain of $316 and cumulative
 effect of accounting change
                  of $1,454.
(c) Includes pension                                                       
curtailment gain of $29,862.
  (d) Includes write-down of                                              
   real estate properties of
                    $15,900.
Item 7.         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.

Results of Operations 1993 vs. 1992
The company reported a net loss of $6.2 million in 1993 or $1.55 per
common share compared to net income of $4.0 million in 1992 or $0.50
per common share.  This change is primarily attributable to provisions
for restructuring charges in 1993 of $5.6 million and real estate
valuation adjustments in 1993 of $4.0 million, both net of tax.  Also
1992's net income included a non-recurring extraordinary gain of $.3
million from the extinguishment of debt and a gain of $1.5 million due
to the cumulative effect of an accounting change, both net of tax.

Gross earnings declined 9.4 percent from 1992 to $59.4 million
primarily due to a decline in construction earnings and an increase in
the real estate loss due to the valuation adjustments noted above.

General and administrative expenses also increased 26 percent
primarily due to increased interest costs associated with corporate
credit facilities and costs incurred in implementing the company's
"Total Quality Management" program.

1993's results are more fully described in the discussion that
follows.

Construction:
Earnings from construction for 1993 were $67.4 million or 7.8 percent
less than 1992.  Despite a 4.7 percent increase in construction
completed, earnings from construction contracts declined, due in part
to the continuing soft market and to more intense competition that has
put pressure on fees from work secured over the last two years.  In
addition, provisions were made for certain contract disputes that are
expected to be concluded in future periods.

The nature of the company's construction activity has also shifted in
recent years, resulting in a significant increase in construction
management contracts which represented 25 percent of the value of
construction completed in 1993 as opposed to 17 percent in 1992 and 11
percent in 1991.  While this type of contract normally involves lower
risk than other types of construction contracts it also typically
carries lower fees than other types of contracts.  Therefore, the
increasing frequency of construction management contracts has
contributed to the decline in the profitability ratio (construction
earnings divided by value of construction completed).

The value of new contracts secured in 1993 was $2.67 billion, down 15
percent from 1992.  The reduction in sales is a result of a continuing
soft market and more intense competition.  The sales increase that had
been experienced in 1992 by focusing on selected markets was not
repeated in 1993 due to the increased competition in these markets;
however, the commercial markets began to rebound in 1993 and the
company's penetration in these markets has also improved.  In
addition, construction management sales in 1993 have declined in favor
of more traditional general contracting projects, the effects of which
should be reflected in 1994.

According to F.W. Dodge, the company's traditional non-residential
building market is expected to increase by approximately 10 percent in
1994 and management believes it is well positioned to take advantage
of this growth.

The company's sureties limit the annual amount of new payment and
performance bonds available to the company.  This limitation did not
significantly restrict the company's ability to secure new business in
1993; however, there could be certain circumstances in which it could
influence the company's selection of prospective projects.

At the end of 1993 the anticipated earnings associated with backlog
from work to be completed under contracts and awards believed to be
firm were $91.8 million, down five percent from 1992.  The backlog in
terms of value of construction to be completed declined 8.5 percent
from 1992 to $4.66 billion.  The decline in both backlog earnings and
construction volume is a reflection of the reduced sales in 1993 and
carryover of the reduced fees from contracts secured in 1992.  On
average, fees on contracts secured in 1993 were slightly higher than
fees secured in 1992, which management believes is an indication that
the decline in fees is reversing.

Approximately 49 percent of the earnings backlog and 53 percent of the
value of construction backlog relates to work to be performed in 1995
and beyond.  Estimated earnings from construction backlog cannot and
should not be used as a basis for predicting future net income.

Real Estate:
Losses from real estate operations increased 6 percent from 1992 to
$8.1 million.  While operating costs were reduced in 1993 due to the
sale of properties, the outsourcing of property management operations,
and reduced interest costs, an additional valuation provision of $6.0
million was charged to real estate operations in 1993 as a reserve
against asset values in relation to their carrying value.

The company's real estate portfolio is carried at estimated net
realizable value or at cost, as applicable.  During 1993 the company
sold three properties and certain condominium units at their
approximate carrying value.

Management believes that the timing of future sales will depend upon
achieving reasonable values under more stable market conditions which
the company estimates may take up to two years for the developed
properties and a more prolonged period for the undeveloped land
parcels.

Until conditions in the real estate market improve to the point that
will permit the company to conduct real estate transactions, the
company will continue to review the asset values of the unsold
properties in relation to prospective net realizable value and make
adjustments as necessary.

As part of a transaction in 1986 in which the company acquired the
development rights to the 1,600-acre Rickenbacker Air Industrial Park,
the company entered into a lease, as lessor, for a 100-acre site for a
term of 10 years.  Under the original term of the lease agreement, the
company may continue to experience losses of approximately $.5 million
per year, before taxes, primarily due to depreciation charges relating
to the facility's buildings and equipment.  These losses do not have a
significant impact on the company's cash flow.  The company is
currently negotiating with the tenant to renew the lease when it
expires in 1996.  Unless the company is able to extend the lease or
replace the tenant, expiration of the lease will adversely affect the
company's earnings.

Operating and General and Administrative Expenses:
Recognizing the ongoing decline in its traditional markets and the
reduced profitability from work secured, the company has taken steps
to reduce its future expense base.  In the fourth quarter the company
recorded an $8.5 million ($5.6 million after tax) provision for
restructuring.  The provision included estimated expenses required to
implement the company's plan to consolidate certain support functions
company-wide and to scale down operations in shrinking geographic
markets.  These measures were taken to streamline operations and
improve profitability and the company expects that they will begin to
benefit financial performance in the later periods of 1994 with the
full impact being felt in 1995 and thereafter.  The benefits are
expected to come from reduced staff and staff support costs.

In total, operating and general and administrative expenses increased
2.3 percent to $59.8 million in 1993 exclusive of the restructuring
charge noted above.  The majority of the change reflects an increase
in interest costs associated with corporate credit facilities, costs
incurred in implementing the company's "Total Quality Management"
program which was put in place in most of the company's business units
in 1993 and an increase in the company's employee benefit expenses.

Operating expenses for construction and real estate operating expenses
continued to decline due to the benefit of a full year of cost
reduction programs put into effect in prior years.

Other Income:
In 1993 the company recorded other losses of $.9 million down from
$2.9 million in 1992.  The other losses are primarily associated with
the investment in Turner Steiner International S.A. (TSI), which
resulted in a $3.0 million loss to the company in 1993 compared to a
$1.7 million loss in 1992.  This foreign investment continues to
operate at a loss as it establishes itself in markets in Europe, the
Middle East and the Far East.  Work has been secured in all three
markets and TSI is expected to approach profitability in the latter
part of 1994.  In 1992 other losses also included an investment in
other overseas operations which was sold in 1993. The 1993 losses were
partially offset by gains recorded from the company's investments in
marketable securities.

Income Taxes:
In 1993 the company derived a net tax benefit of 37 percent of the pre-
tax loss.  In 1992 the provision for income taxes amounted to 44
percent of pre-tax income.  The difference is primarily attributable
to a minimum state and local tax obligation not associated with
operating results.

The company has recorded $16.8 million of deferred tax assets having
resulted principally from net operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards.  Management believes that no valuation allowance is
required for these assets due to available tax planning strategies
primarily related to the company's pension plan.

Fourth Quarter 1993 Compared to Third Quarter 1993:
Results for the fourth quarter of 1993 amounted to a net loss of $9.0
million or $1.83 per common share compared to net income of $.9
million or $0.09 per common share recorded in the third quarter.  A
significant amount of the fourth quarter results were attributable to
the restructuring charge and the real estate valuation charge noted
above.

Fourth quarter construction operations reported value of construction
completed of $715.1 million and operating income of $5.8 million
compared to $735.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively in the third
quarter.  The decline in fourth quarter performance is attributable to
projects winding down in the latter part of the year which have been
replaced by new work scheduled to start after the first quarter of
1994.

Exclusive of the valuation charge, real estate operating losses
decreased by 33 percent from the third to the fourth quarter.
Essentially this improvement was attributable to reduced costs due to
the sale of properties.
Operating and general and administrative expenses, exclusive of the
restructuring charge, increased 7 percent from the third quarter
primarily due to the reduction in construction activity noted above
which resulted in a reduction in the amount of staff costs chargeable
to projects.

In the fourth quarter of 1993 the company recorded a $1.1 million
other loss compared to $.4 million of other income recorded in the
third quarter.  The positive results in the third quarter reflected
gains on the sale of marketable securities most of which were recorded
in that period.  The losses in the fourth quarter were mostly
attributable to the TSI results.

1992 Compared to 1991:
The company reported net income of $4.0 million in 1992 compared with
$11.3 million in 1991.  However, the 1991 net income was due entirely
to a $29.9 million gain from curtailment of a pension plan.  The 1992
results were primarily due to improved performance in both the
construction and real estate segments of the company's operations, as
well as reductions in operating and overhead expenses.  Included in
1992's results was a $1.7 million net loss associated with the
investment in Turner Steiner International S.A. which was charged to
Other Income.

Construction earnings increased by $4.4 million due to improved
earnings on work carried over from prior years.  Losses from real
estate operations decreased by $3.1 million, primarily due to improved
operating results and declining interest rates.  Operating and general
and administrative expenses decreased by $10.4 million due to the
company's continued cost containment efforts which had begun in prior
years.  In 1992 the company also recorded an extraordinary gain of $.3
million from the extinguishment of debt and a gain of $1.5 million due
to the cumulative effect of an accounting change, both net of tax.

Financial Condition:
In total, the company recorded a decrease in cash and cash equivalents
in 1993 of $12.8 million or 33 percent from 1992, primarily related to
the paydown of real estate debt.

Operating activities provided positive cash flows of $8.5 million
primarily associated with construction profitability.  The charges for
restructuring and real estate valuation had no cash impact in 1993.
Much of the restructuring charge is expected to be expended in the
first two quarters of 1994 and management believes that cash provided
from operations, its revolving credit facility and its short-term
borrowing capacity will be sufficient to fund the expenditures.

Cash flows provided by investing activities amounted to $5.5 million
and were due primarily to the funds received from the sale of real
estate properties.  The company also invested $6.5 million in a
condominium project in Boston which is expected to be substantially
sold by the end of 1994.  Cash flows used in financing activities
amounted to $26.9 million, primarily attributed to the paydown of debt
associated with the real estate properties sold.

Management believes the company's cash flows from construction
backlog, its $40 million revolving credit facility and amounts
available from overnight credit facilities will be sufficient to
support the company's operations.  Debt maturing in 1994 will be paid
from funds generated from operations or will be refinanced prior to
its actual maturity date.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
As described in Note 16 to the financial statements, certain financial
instruments have fair values which differ from their carrying amounts.
The difference in the values related on Notes payable reflect current
favorable interest rates and terms, given the underlying value of the
loan collateral.

Inflation:
Inflation and changing prices during the current fiscal year have not
significantly affected the major markets in which the company conducts
its business.  Domestically, prices have remained relatively stable.
In view of the moderate rate of inflation, its impact on the company's
business has not been significant.

Investments in Equity Securities:
In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" which mandates that debt
and equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity
securities or trading securities are classified as available-for-sale
securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and
losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of
stockholders' equity.  The Statement is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1993, and is to be initially applied as
of the beginning of an enterprise's fiscal year.  The company's
investment in marketable securities would be classified as available-
for-sale.  The company will adopt the standard at the beginning of
1994 and management believes that the impact will not be material to
the financial statements.

Item 8.         Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

                   INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

                                                  Page No.
Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Public Accountants         14
  Consolidated Balance Sheets - as of December 31, 1993
     and 1992                                      15
  Consolidated Statements of Operations - for the years ended
     December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991              16
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - for the
     years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991  17
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the years
     ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991        18
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements       19-36
  Responsibilities for Financial Reporting         37

Schedules Included - for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and
1991:
  II - Amounts Receivable from Related Parties and
       Underwriters, Promoters, and Employees
       Other than Related Parties.                 38-40


  IX - Short-Term Borrowings                       41

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                                        

To The Turner Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The
Turner Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1993.  These financial
statements and the schedules referred to below are the responsibility
of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our
audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As further discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company has significant interests in real estate
properties which are carried at the lower of cost or estimated net
realizable value.  The financial statements do not purport to present
these real estate interests at their current market value or
liquidation value, which may be less than the carrying amounts
presented.  The Company's management presently intends to hold these
real estate interests until they can be sold for prices which they
believe reflect reasonable values under more stable market conditions.
Management expects to dispose of their interests in the developed
properties for those prices generally within the next two years, and
to hold the undeveloped land parcels for a longer period of time.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all materials respects, the financial position of The
Turner Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and 1992,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements,
effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of
accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions.  As also
discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements,
effective January 1, 1992, the Company changed its method of
accounting for amortizing unrecognized pension actuarial gains and
losses for the defined benefit pension plan.

Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole.  The schedules listed in the
index to the financial statements are presented for the purposes of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are
not part of the basic financial statements.  These schedules have been
subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the
basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.



New York, New York                      ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
March 4, 1994
The Turner Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)
  As of                                                   1993      1992
Decembe
  r 31,
Assets                                                                  
   Cash                                                  $25,485 $38,305
    and
   cash
equival
   ents
Marketa                                                   13,046  13,613
    ble
securit
    ies
Constru                                                                 
  ction
receiva
  bles:
  (Note
     3)
                                                         315,741 341,982
 Due on
contrac
     ts
includi
     ng
retaina
     ge
                                                          83,135  84,597
Estimat
     ed
unbille
      d
constru
  ction
  costs
    and
related
earning
      s
   Real                                                  117,275 142,348
 estate
  (Note
     4)
Propert                                                   17,725  21,849
  y and
equipme
nt, net
  (Note
     5)
Prepaid                                                   63,207  53,533
pension
   cost
  (Note
    10)
  Other                                                   28,592  30,331
 assets
                                                                        
  Total                                                  $664,20 $726,55
 assets                                                        6       8
Liabili                                                                 
ties
Constru                                                                 
  ction
account
      s
payable
      :
                                                         $239,15 $257,15
Trade                                                          6       4
                                                         117,647 129,094
 Due on
complet
 ion of
contrac
     ts
                                                          78,495  81,160
Accrued
estimat
ed work
complet
     ed
  Notes                                                  102,365 133,045
payable
    and
convert
   ible
debentu
     re
  (Note
     6)
Deferre                                                   13,708  18,165
      d
 income
  taxes
  (Note
     7)
  Other                                                   58,152  47,219
liabili
   ties
                                                                        
  Total                                                  609,523 665,837
liabili
   ties
Commitm                                                                 
   ents
    and
conting
 encies
  (Note
    13)
                                                                        
Stockho   (Note 12)                                                     
 lders'
 Equity
Preferr                                                                 
     ed
 stock,
 $1 par
  value
(2,000,
    000
 shares
authori
  zed):
                                                                        
 Series
    C 8
   1/2%
cumulat
    ive
convert
   ible
 (9,000
 shares
 issued
    and
outstan
  ding;
                                                               9       9
 $9,000
liquida
   tion
prefere
   nce)
                                                                        
 Series
      B
cumulat
    ive
convert
   ible
(850,00
      0
 shares
issued;
849,011
                                                             849     849
    and
849,494
outstan
  ding)
 Common                                                                 
 stock,
 $1 par
  value
                                                           5,135   5,071
(20,000
   ,000
 shares
authori
   zed,
5,134,7
 78 and
5,070,5
     35
issued)
Paid in                                                   37,280  36,699
capital
Cumulat                                                    (787)   (783)
    ive
foreign
transla
   tion
adjustm
    ent
Retaine                                                   24,834  32,869
      d
earning
      s
                                                          67,320  74,714
  Less:                                                  (12,105 (13,668
Loan to                                                        )       )
Employe
e Stock
Ownersh
ip Plan
  (Note
    11)
                                                           (532)   (325)
Treasur
      y
 stock,
at cost
(53,489
    and
 22,647
 common
shares)
                                                                        
  Total                                                   54,683  60,721
stockho
 lders'
 equity
  Total                                                  $664,20 $726,55
liabili                                                        6       8
   ties
    and
stockho
 lders'
 equity
    The
accompa
  nying
  Notes
     to
Consoli
  dated
Financi
     al
Stateme
nts are
     an
integra
 l part
     of
  these
stateme
   nts.

The Turner Corporation and Subsidiaries                           
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS                             
(in thousands, except share amounts)                              
For the years ended December 31,             1993    1992     1991
Value of construction completed (see       $ 2,768, $2,644, $ 2,672,
below)                                         379     794     475
Earnings from construction contracts        $67,43  $73,11   $68,67
                                                 4       8       2
Losses from real estate operations (see     (8,069  (7,603   (10,71
below)                                           )       )      2)
Gross earnings                              59,365  65,515   57,960
Operating expenses - construction           40,156  41,160   47,605
Operating expenses - real estate and other   3,053   4,143   6,027
General and administrative expenses         16,555  13,107   15,194
Restructuring charges (Note 2)               8,500       -       -
Income (loss) from operations               (8,899   7,105   (10,86
                                                 )              6)
Other income (loss), net (Note 14)           (870)  (2,903   29,816
                                                         )
Income (loss) before income taxes           (9,769   4,202   18,950
                                                 )
Income tax provision (benefit): (Note 7)                          
     Current                                   252     405   1,226
     Deferred                               (3,816   1,567   6,382
                                                 )
Total income tax provision (benefit)        (3,564   1,972   7,608
                                                 )
Income (loss)  before extraordinary gain                          
and cumulative effect
     of accounting change                   (6,205   2,230   11,342
                                                 )
Extraordinary gain, net of tax  (Note  6)        -     316       -
Cumulative effect of accounting change,          -   1,454       -
net of tax (Note 10)
Net income (loss)                          $ (6,205 $ 4,000 $ 11,342
                                                 )
Primary earnings (loss) per common share:                         
     Before extraordinary gain and         $ (1.55) $  0.15 $  2.06
cumulative effect of accounting change
     Extraordinary gain                          -    0.06       -
     Cumulative effect of accounting             -    0.29       -
change
     Net income (loss) per common share    $ (1.55) $  0.50 $  2.06
Fully diluted earnings (loss) per common                          
share:
     Before extraordinary gain and             (a) $  0.15 $  1.80
cumulative effect of accounting change
     Extraordinary gain                          -    0.05       -
     Cumulative effect of accounting             -    0.25       -
change
     Net income (loss) per common share        (a) $  0.45 $  1.80
Weighted average common and common                                
equivalent shares outstanding
     Primary                                5,186,  5,074,   4,981,
                                               442     943     152
     Fully diluted                             (a)  5,924,   5,831,
                                                       437     152
Value of construction completed consists     1993    1992     1991
of the following:
Revenue from construction contracts:                              
     Construction costs incurred by the    $ 1,848, $1,993, $ 2,110,
company                                        800     749     379
     Company's share of joint venture       160,02  134,28   200,04
construction costs                               1       0       1
     Earnings from construction contracts                         
(including joint venture earnings
         of  $3,253, $3,785 and $5,129 for  67,434  73,118   68,672
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively)
Total revenue from construction contracts   2,076,  2,201,   2,379,
                                               255     147     092
     Construction costs incurred by owners                        
in connection with work
         under construction management and  692,12  443,64   293,38
similar contracts                                4       7       3
Value of construction completed            $ 2,768, $2,644, $ 2,672,
                                               379     794     475
Losses from real estate operations consist   1993    1992     1991
of the following:
Real estate sales                          $ 23,537 $   252 $ 2,574
Cost of sales                               (23,57   (252)   (2,666
                                                1)               )
Rental and other income                     13,497  15,026   14,513
Direct operating costs                      (10,05  (14,87   (18,93
                                                4)      9)      1)
Depreciation and amortization expense       (5,460  (5,930   (6,202
                                                 )       )       )
Write-downs and reserves                    (6,018  (1,820       -
                                                 )       )
Losses from real estate operations         $ (8,069 $(7,603 $ (10,71
                                                 )       )      2)
    The accompanying Notes to Consolidated             (a)        
 Financial Statements are an integral part          Antidi
                      of these statements.          lutive

 The Turner Corporation
    and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 (in thousands, except
     share amounts)
For the years ended             19               19                19       
December 31,                    93               92               91
                         Shares    Amount Shares    Amount  Shares    Amount
Convertible preferred                                                       
stock, Series C
 Balance at beginning of  9,000        $9     --       $--     --       $--
year
 Preferred stock issued      --        --  9,000         9     --        --
 Balance at end of year   9,000         9  9,000         9     --        --
Convertible preferred                                                      
stock, Series B
 Balance at beginning of 849,49       849 850,00       850 850,00       850
year                          4                0                0
 Preferred stock retired  (483)        --  (506)       (1)     --        --
 Balance at end of year  849,01       849 849,49       849 850,00       850
                              1                4                0
Common stock                                                               
 Balance at beginning of 5,070,     5,071 4,980,     4,980 4,880,     4,880
year                        535              088              311
 Common stock issued     64,243        64 90,447        91 99,777       100
 Balance at end of year  5,134,     5,135 5,070,     5,071 4,980,     4,980
                            778              535              088
Paid in capital                                                            
 Balance at beginning of           36,699           26,997            26,202
year
 Excess of proceeds over                                                   
par value of
    Series C preferred                 --            8,991               --
stock issued
 Excess of proceeds over                                                   
par value of
    common stock issued               575              695              774
 Excess of proceeds over                                                   
cost of
    treasury stock                      6               16               21
issued
 Balance at end of year            37,280           36,699           26,997
Cumulative foreign                                                         
translation adjustment
 Balance at beginning of            (783)           (1,088           (1,068
year                                                     )                )
  Change in cumulative                                                     
translation adjustments
    during the year                   (4)              305             (20)
 Balance at end of year             (787)            (783)           (1,088
                                                                          )
Unrealized loss on                                                         
marketable equity
securities
 Balance at beginning of               --               --            (456)
year
 Sale of marketable                    --               --              456
equity securities
 Balance at end of year                --               --               --
Retained earnings                                                          
 Balance at beginning of           32,869           30,306           22,494
year
 Net income (loss) for             (6,205            4,000           11,342
the year                                )
 Cash dividends on                                                         
Series C preferred
stock, $85.00,
    $38.00 per share                (765)            (342)               --
       Cash dividends on           (1,835           (1,835           (1,836
      Series B preferred                )                )                )
 stock,  $2.16 per share
 Tax benefits on Series               770              740              740
B preferred stock
dividends
       Cash dividends on               --               --           (2,434
   common stock, $0, $0,                                                  )
          $.50 per share
 Balance at end of year            24,834           32,869           30,306
Loan to Employee Stock                                                     
Ownership Plan (ESOP)
 Balance at beginning of           (13,66           (15,26           (16,74
year                                   8)               0)               2)
 Repayment from loan to             1,563            1,592            1,482
ESOP
 Balance at end of year            (12,10           (13,66           (15,26
                                       5)               8)               0)
Treasury stock                                                             
 Balance at beginning of 22,647     (325) 25,965     (382) 27,371     (405)
year
 Purchase  of treasury   32,900     (240)     --        --  1,500      (22)
stock
 Treasury stock issued   (2,058        33 (3,318        57 (2,906        45
                              )                )                )
 Balance at end of year  53,489     (532) 22,647     (325) 25,965     (382)
Total stockholders'                $54,68           $60,72           $46,40
equity                                  3                1                3
  The accompanying Notes                                                   
         to Consolidated
Financial Statements are
     an integral part of
       these statements.

T                                                                        
h
e
T
u
r
n
e
r
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
S
u
b
s
i
d
i
a
r
i
e
s
C                                                                        
O
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
E
D
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
O
F
C
A
S
H
F
L
O
W
S
(                                                                        
i
n
t
h
o
u
s
a
n
d
s
,
e
x
c
e
p
t
s
h
a
r
e
a
m
o
u
n
t
s
)
F                                                   1993    1992     1991
o
r
t
h
e
y
e
a
r
s
e
n
d
e
d
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1
,
C                                                                        
a
s
h
f
l
o
w
s
f
r
o
m
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
i
e
s
:
   Ne                                             ($6,20   $4,000   $11,34
    t                                                 5)                2
   in
   co
   me
   (l
   os
   s)
   Ad                                                                    
   ju
   st
   me
   nt
    s
   to
   re
   co
   nc
   il
    e
   ne
    t
   in
   co
   me
   (l
   os
   s)
   to
   ne
    t
   ca
   sh
   pr
   ov
   id
   ed
   by
   op                                                                    
   er
   at
   in
    g
   ac
   ti
   vi
   ti
   es
    :
      R                                            8,500       -        -
      e
      s
      t
      r
      u
      c
      t
      u
      r
      i
      n
      g
      c
      h
      a
      r
      g
      e
      s
      W                                            6,018   1,820        -
      r
      i
      t
     e-
      d
      o
      w
      n
      s
      a
      n
      d
      r
      e
      s
      e
      r
      v
      e
      s
      E                                                -   (571)        -
      x
      t
      r
      a
      o
      r
      d
      i
      n
      a
      r
      y
      g
      a
      i
      n
      C                                                -   (2,423        -
      u                                                        )
      m
      u
      l
      a
      t
      i
      v
      e
      e
      f
      f
      e
      c
      t
      o
      f
      a
      c
      c
      o
      u
      n
      t
      i
      n
      g
      c
      h
      a
      n
      g
      e
      E                                            3,027   3,928      875
      q
      u
      i
      t
      y
      i
      n
      a
      f
      f
      i
      l
      i
      a
      t
      e
      s
      '
      n
      e
      t
      l
      o
      s
      s
      D                                            9,824   11,043   11,450
      e
      p
      r
      e
      c
      i
      a
      t
      i
      o
      n
      a
      n
      d
      a
      m
      o
      r
      t
      i
      z
      a
      t
      i
      o
      n
      N                                           (9,674   (9,549   (4,824
      e                                                )       )        )
      t
      p
      e
      r
      i
      o
      d
      i
      c
      p
      e
      n
      s
      i
      o
      n
      c
      r
      e
      d
      i
      t
      P                                           (3,816   2,536    6,382
      r                                                )
      o
      v
      i
      s
      i
      o
      n
      (
      b
      e
      n
      e
      f
      i
      t
      )
      f
      o
      r
      d
      e
      f
      e
      r
      r
      e
      d
      i
      n
      c
      o
      m
      e
      t
      a
      x
      e
      s
      P                                                -       -   (29,86
      e                                                                2)
      n
      s
      i
      o
      n
      c
      u
      r
      t
      a
      i
      l
      m
      e
      n
      t
      g
      a
      i
      n
      C                                                                  
      h
      a
      n
      g
      e
      s
      i
      n
      o
      p
      e
      r
      a
      t
      i
      n
      g
      a
      s
      s
      e
      t
      s
      a
      n
      d
      l
      i
      a
      b
      i
      l
      i
      t
      i
      e
      s
      :
        De                                        27,703   23,757   82,180
        cr
        ea
        se
        in
        co
        ns
        tr
        uc
        ti
        on
        re
        ce
        iv
        ab
        le
         s
        De                                            88   2,253      311
        cr
        ea
        se
        in
        in
        co
        me
        ta
        xe
         s
        re
        ce
        iv
        ab
        le
        De                                        (32,11   (25,85   (80,15
        cr                                            0)      7)       2)
        ea
        se
        in
        co
        ns
        tr
        uc
        ti
        on
        ac
        co
        un
        ts
        pa
        ya
        bl
         e
        De                                         5,142   (8,986    9,216
        cr                                                     )
        ea
        se
        (i
        nc
        re
        as
        e)
        in
        ot
        he
         r
        as
        se
        ts
        an
         d
        li
        ab
        il
        it
        ie
        s,
        ne
         t
                                                   8,497   1,951    6,918
   Ne
    t
   ca
   sh
   pr
   ov
   id
   ed
   by
   op
   er
   at
   in
    g
   ac
   ti
   vi
   ti
   es
C                                                                        
a
s
h
f
l
o
w
s
f
r
o
m
i
n
v
e
s
t
i
n
g
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
i
e
s
:
                                                  (25,91   (13,61        -
   Pu                                                 3)      3)
   rc
   ha
   se
    s
   of
   ma
   rk
   et
   ab
   le
   se
   cu
   ri
   ti
   es
                                                  26,480       -        -
   Pr
   oc
   ee
   ds
   fr
   om
   sa
   le
   of
   ma
   rk
   et
   ab
   le
   se
   cu
   ri
   ti
   es
                                                  (8,137   (3,180        -
   In                                                  )       )
   ve
   st
   me
   nt
    s
   in
   jo
   in
    t
   ve
   nt
   ur
   es
                                                  (4,610   (4,373   (14,11
   Pu                                                  )       )       1)
   rc
   ha
   se
    s
   of
   pr
   op
   er
   ty
   an
    d
   eq
   ui
   pm
   en
    t
                                                   4,162     591      480
   Pr
   oc
   ee
   ds
   fr
   om
   sa
   le
   of
   pr
   op
   er
   ty
   an
    d
   eq
   ui
   pm
   en
    t
                                                       -       -    1,058
   Pr
   oc
   ee
   ds
   fr
   om
   sa
   le
   of
   in
   ve
   st
   me
   nt
    s
                                                  17,465       -    2,342
   Pr
   oc
   ee
   ds
   fr
   om
   sa
   le
   of
   re
   al
   es
   ta
   te
    ,
   ne
    t
                                                  (3,911   (2,468    (875)
   In                                                  )       )
   cr
   ea
   se
   in
   re
   al
   es
   ta
   te
                                                   5,536   (23,04   (11,10
   Ne                                                         3)       6)
    t
   ca
   sh
   pr
   ov
   id
   ed
   by
   (u
   se
    d
   in
    )
   in
   ve
   st
   in
    g
   ac
   ti
   vi
   ti
   es
C                                                                        
a
s
h
f
l
o
w
s
f
r
o
m
f
i
n
a
n
c
i
n
g
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
i
e
s
:
                                                     639     786      874
   Co
   mm
   on
   st
   oc
    k
   is
   su
   ed
                                                       -   15,000        -
   Co
   nv
   er
   ti
   bl
    e
   pr
   ef
   er
   re
    d
   st
   oc
    k
   is
   su
   ed
                                                       -       -   (2,434
   Ca                                                                   )
   sh
   di
   vi
   de
   nd
    s
   to
   co
   mm
   on
   st
   oc
   kh
   ol
   de
   rs
                                                  (2,600   (2,177   (1,836
   Ca                                                  )       )        )
   sh
   di
   vi
   de
   nd
    s
   to
   pr
   ef
   er
   re
    d
   st
   oc
   kh
   ol
   de
   rs
                                                   1,563   1,592    1,482
   Re
   pa
   ym
   en
   ts
   fr
   om
   lo
   an
   to
   ES
   OP
                                                  62,963   42,386   10,852
   Pr
   oc
   ee
   ds
   fr
   om
   bo
   rr
   ow
   in
   gs
                                                  (89,21   (34,32   (9,665
   Pa                                                 7)      1)        )
   ym
   en
   ts
   on
   bo
   rr
   ow
   in
   gs
                                                       -   (1,201        -
   Ca                                                          )
   sh
   us
   ed
   fo
    r
   de
   bt
   re
   st
   ru
   ct
   ur
   in
    g
                                                       -   (5,034        -
   Fu                                                          )
   nd
   in
    g
   of
   jo
   in
    t
   ve
   nt
   ur
    e
   bo
   rr
   ow
   in
   gs
                                                      39      73       66
   Pr
   oc
   ee
   ds
   fr
   om
   is
   su
   an
   ce
   of
   tr
   ea
   su
   ry
   st
   oc
    k
                                                   (240)       -     (22)
   Pu
   rc
   ha
   se
   of
   tr
   ea
   su
   ry
   st
   oc
    k
                                                  (26,85   17,104    (683)
   Ne                                                 3)
    t
   ca
   sh
   pr
   ov
   id
   ed
   by
   (u
   se
    d
   in
    )
   fi
   na
   nc
   in
    g
   ac
   ti
   vi
   ti
   es
                                                                         
   Ne                                             (12,82   (3,988   (4,871
    t                                                 0)       )        )
   de
   cr
   ea
   se
   in
   ca
   sh
   an
    d
   ca
   sh
   eq
   ui
   va
   le
   nt
    s
   Ca                                             38,305   42,293   47,164
   sh
   an
    d
   ca
   sh
   eq
   ui
   va
   le
   nt
    s
   at
   be
   gi
   nn
   in
    g
   of
   ye
   ar
   Ca                                             $25,48   $38,30   $42,29
   sh                                                  5       5        3
   an
    d
   ca
   sh
   eq
   ui
   va
   le
   nt
    s
   at
   en
    d
   of
   ye
   ar
   No                                                                    
   nc
   as
    h
   fi
   na
   nc
   in
    g
   ac
   ti
   vi
   ti
   es
    :
                                                                         
   Mo
   rt
   ga
   ge
   no
   te
   as
   su
   me
    d
   by
   th
    e
   bu
   ye
    r
   in
   co
   nn
   ec
   ti
   on
      w                                           $4,426       $    $   -
      i                                                        -
      t
      h
      t
      h
      e
      s
      a
      l
      e
      o
      f
      r
      e
      a
      l
      e
      s
      t
      a
      t
      e
                                                       -   6,000        -
   Se
   ri
   es
    D
   co
   nv
   er
   ti
   bl
    e
   pr
   ef
   er
   re
    d
   st
   oc
    k
   ex
   ch
   an
   ge
    d
   fo
    r
    a
   co
   nv
   er
   ti
   bl
    e
   de
   be
   nt
   ur
    e
                                                       -   2,500        -
   No
   te
   pa
   ya
   bl
    e
   fo
   rg
   iv
   en
   re
   la
   te
    d
   to
   th
    e
   ai
    r
   in
   du
   st
   ri
   al
   pa
   rk
   No                                                                    
   nc
   as
    h
   in
   ve
   st
   in
    g
   ac
   ti
   vi
   ti
   es
    :
                                                                         
   No
   te
   pr
   ov
   id
   ed
   up
   on
   th
    e
   sa
   le
   of
   ce
   rt
   ai
    n
      a                                            1,577       -        -
      s
      s
      e
      t
      s
      a
      n
      d
      l
      i
      a
      b
      i
      l
      i
      t
      i
      e
      s
      o
      f
      a
      c
      o
      n
      s
      t
      r
      u
      c
      t
      i
      o
      n
      s
      u
      b
      s
      i
      d
      i
      a
      r
      y
                                                   1,185       -        -
   No
   te
    s
   pr
   ov
   id
   ed
   up
   on
   th
    e
   sa
   le
   of
   re
   al
   es
   ta
   te
   Th
    e
   ac
   co
   mp
   an
   yi
   ng
   No
   te
    s
   to
   Co
   ns
   ol
   id
   at
   ed
   Fi
   na
   nc
   ia
    l
   St
   at
   em
   en
   ts
   ar
    e
   an
   in
   te
   gr
   al
   pa
   rt
   of
   th
   es
    e
   st
   at
   em
   en
   ts
    .

THE TURNER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except share amounts)

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles  of  Consolidation:  The consolidated financial  statements
include  the  accounts of The Turner Corporation and Subsidiaries  and
their  proportionate  interest in the accounts of  construction  joint
ventures   (the  company).   The  company  also  has  investments   in
affiliates and in real estate joint ventures, which are accounted  for
under  the  equity  or cost method, as appropriate.   All  significant
intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.  Certain  prior
year  balances  have  been reclassified in the consolidated  financial
statements  in  order  to provide a presentation consistent  with  the
current year.

Construction Operations:  The company determines construction earnings
under  the  percentage of completion method.  Under this  method,  the
company  recognizes  as earnings that portion of  the  total  earnings
anticipated  from  a  contract which the value of the  work  completed
bears  to  the  estimated  total value of  the  work  covered  by  the
contract.   As  the company's construction contracts generally  extend
over  more  than  one year, revisions in costs and earnings  estimates
during  the course of the work are reflected in the year in which  the
facts  which  require  the revision become  known.   When  a  loss  is
forecasted for a contract, the full amount of the anticipated loss  is
recognized  in the period in which it is determined that a  loss  will
occur.  Claims are included in earnings from construction contracts at
an  amount  based  on the related contract costs when  realization  is
probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

The  company continuously reviews estimated earnings from construction
contracts and makes necessary adjustments based on current evaluations
of  the  indicated outcome.  In 1993 and 1992, the company wrote  down
certain construction receivables and claims deemed unrecoverable.

Under certain contracts, owners of buildings make payments directly to
suppliers  and subcontractors for all or for portions of work  covered
by  the  contract.   The company considers such costs  in  determining
contract  percentage  of completion and reports such  amounts  in  the
value of construction completed.

Real  Estate Operations:  Rental income, including fixed minimum rents
and additional rents, under operating leases with tenants is generally
recognized on a contractual basis.

Profit  on sales of real estate is recognized in full when the  profit
is   determinable,  an  adequate  down  payment  has  been   received,
collectability  of  the  sales price is  reasonably  assured  and  the
earnings  process is substantially complete.  If the sales transaction
does  not  meet  these criteria, all profit or a  portion  thereof  is
deferred until such criteria are met.

The  real estate properties which are held for investment are  carried
at  cost  less  accumulated depreciation and are assessed periodically
for  impairment  based on the sum of undiscounted future  cash  flows.
All  other real estate properties and investments in real estate joint
ventures  are carried at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable
value (Note 4).

Depreciation and Amortization:  The company calculates depreciation on
property  and equipment, and on real estate primarily on the straight-
line  method.   Estimated useful lives are as follows:  buildings  and
improvements, 20-40 years; office machines and furniture, 5-10  years;
and  equipment,  10  years.  Leasehold improvements  (the  company  as
lessee)  to  property used in company operations are  amortized  on  a
straight-line  basis over the term of the lease.  Tenant  improvements
(the  company as lessor) on real estate properties are amortized on  a
straight-line  basis  over  the term of the  lease.   Maintenance  and
repairs   are   expensed  currently,  except  that  expenditures   for
betterments are capitalized.

Cash  Equivalents:   The  company considers all investments  purchased
with maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities:  Marketable securities are carried at the lower
of  cost  or market. Unrealized losses on marketable securities,  held
for short term investment, are charged to expense.

In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.  115,  "Accounting  for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" which mandates that
debt  and  equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity
securities  or trading securities are classified as available-for-sale
securities  and  reported  at fair value, with  unrealized  gains  and
losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component  of
stockholders'  equity.   SFAS No. 115 is effective  for  fiscal  years
beginning  after December 15, 1993, and is to be initially applied  as
of  the  beginning  of  an enterprise's fiscal  year.   The  company's
investments in marketable securities would be classified as available-
for-sale.   The  company will adopt the standard at the  beginning  of
1994  and management believes that the impact will not be material  to
the financial statements.

Income  Taxes:  Prior to January 1, 1993, deferred income tax expenses
or  credits  were recorded to reflect the tax consequences  of  timing
differences between the recording of income and expenses for financial
reporting  purposes and for purposes of filing income tax  returns  in
effect when the difference arose.

Effective  January 1, 1993, the company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for  Income  Taxes."
Under  SFAS No. 109, deferred assets or liabilities are computed based
on the difference between the financial statement and income tax bases
of  assets  and  liabilities  using the  enacted  marginal  tax  rate.
Deferred  income tax expenses or credits are based on the  changes  in
the  asset  or liability from period to period.  The adoption  of  the
standard   effective  January  1,  1993  was  not  material   to   the
consolidated financial statements.

The  company  does  not  provide  for U.S.  Federal  income  taxes  on
undistributed  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  since  it  is  the
company's intention to permanently reinvest those earnings outside the
United States.

Foreign  Currency Translation:  Assets and liabilities  of  operations
that  represent an investment in a foreign country are translated into
U.S.  dollars at exchange rates in effect at year-end, while  revenues
and  expenses  are  translated at average  exchange  rates  prevailing
during  the  year.   The resulting translation gains  and  losses  are
accumulated as a separate component of stockholders' equity.   Foreign
exchange  transaction  gains and losses are  included  in  results  of
operations during the periods in which they arise.

Earnings Per Common Share:  Primary earnings per common share is based
on  net  income  less preferred stock dividends (net of  tax  benefits
relating to Series B preferred stock) divided by the weighted  average
number  of  common  and common equivalent shares  outstanding.   Fully
diluted  earnings per common share is further adjusted to reflect  the
assumed  conversion of convertible preferred stock and the convertible
debenture,  and the elimination of the preferred stock  dividends  and
interest  expense  on  the convertible debenture,  net  of  applicable
income taxes, if such conversions are dilutive.
2.  Restructuring Charges
During  1993,  plans  were  developed  to  significantly  reduce   the
company's   future  operating  costs  and  expenses  and  to   improve
productivity.   This  restructuring  program  principally  involves  a
reduction  in the number of staff, plus the consolidation  of  offices
and  facilities  and  the reorganization of support  functions.   This
program will be implemented in 1994 and is expected to be completed in
1995.   The  results of operations for 1993 include $8,500  of  pretax
charges  ($5,600 net of tax benefits, or $1.08 per share) relating  to
this  program.   The  charges include provisions  for  severance  pay,
incentive   programs   relating   to  employee   terminations,   lease
terminations and other reorganization costs.  The restructuring charge
is  expected to be substantially expended in the first two quarters of
1994  and management believes that cash provided from operations,  its
revolving  credit facility and its short-term borrowing capacity  will
be sufficient to fund the expenditures.


3.  Construction Receivables
Due  on contracts included $106,665 of retainage at December 31, 1993.
It  is  expected  that  approximately 85% of such  retention  will  be
collected  by December 31, 1994.  At December 31, 1992, retainage  was
$115,911.  Construction receivables include estimated net claims.  The
settlement   of   the  claims  depends  on  individual  circumstances,
accordingly,  the timing of the collection will vary  and  may  extend
beyond  one year.  Those claims, primarily due to owner-caused delays,
incomplete specifications, or similar reasons, amounted to $10,800 and
$7,300 at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.


4.  Real Estate
The  company  owns  a  portfolio of real estate,  either  directly  or
through  joint  venture  interests, that  includes  commercial  office
properties,   mixed-use   warehouse/service  properties,   residential
properties,  undeveloped  land,  and  certain  buildings  and  hangars
located  at  an  air  industrial park.   The  properties  are  located
throughout the United States, but primarily in the Southeast and Great
Lakes regions.  Accumulated depreciation at December 31, 1993 and 1992
was $32,710 and $31,050, respectively.

Given the current real estate market, the company has determined  that
its   interests  in  commercial  office,  mixed-use  and   residential
condominium properties, and undeveloped land parcels will be available
for  sale  when they can be sold for prices which the company believes
reflect  the  reasonable  value of the properties  under  more  stable
market conditions.  Management expects to dispose of its interests  in
commercial  office,  mixed-use and residential condominium  properties
for  those  prices  generally within the next two  years.   Given  the
current market for undeveloped land parcels, management anticipates  a
prolonged  period before land values recover.  Due to  the  relatively
low  holding  costs  of the company's undeveloped  land  parcels,  the
company  intends to and has the ability to hold the properties  for  a
longer period of time in order to achieve more reasonable prices  upon
disposition.  The carrying amounts of the company's interests in these
developed  properties were $55,609 and $54,102, and in the undeveloped
land  parcels were $30,498 and $30,964 at December 31, 1993 and  1992,
respectively.  These real estate interests are carried at the lower of
cost  or  estimated  net realizable value.  The net realizable  values
reflect  the  company's  estimates of  the  net  sales  proceeds  less
anticipated  capital expenditures through the estimated date  of  sale
and  disposal  costs, which have not been discounted  to  net  present
value.

The  company  estimates the net realizable values  by  evaluating  and
making  assumptions about future events with respect to the  property,
market  conditions and anticipated investor rates of return.  The  net
realizable  values  reflect each disposition based  on  the  company's
current  intended  holding  period, and do not  represent  liquidation
values.  Judgements regarding future events are not subject to precise
quantification  or verification and may change from time  to  time  as
economic  and  market factors, and the company's  evaluation  of  them
change, and the effects of such changes may be significant.

The  company  actively monitors market conditions and  reviews,  on  a
quarterly  basis,  the  net  realizable  values  of  its  real  estate
interests  and reduces carrying amounts when required.  On a  periodic
basis,  generally not exceeding two to three years,  the  company  has
independent appraisals performed for significant real estate interests
for  the  purpose of assisting management in determining their current
value  and the appropriate timing of disposition.  In connection  with
the  company's  review  of the carrying amounts  of  its  real  estate
interests,  additional write-downs and reserves of $6,018  and  $1,820
were  recorded  for  the  years  ended December  31,  1993  and  1992,
respectively.


5.  Property and Equipment
Property and equipment as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 consisted of:

                              1993          1992
Buildi                      $12,63        $13,43
   ngs                           3             2
   and
improv
ements
Office                      16,610        17,104
machin
es and
furnit
   ure
Equipm                      16,508        20,547
ent
Total                       45,751        51,083
 Less:                                          
accumu
 lated
deprec
iation
                            (28,02        (29,23
   and                          6)            4)
amorti
zation
Net                         $17,72        $21,84
                                 5             9

6.  Notes Payable and Convertible Debenture
Notes  payable and convertible debenture as of December 31,  1993  and
1992 consisted of the following:

                              1993          1992
  Land                      $31,87        $39,66
   and                           7             5
buildi
    ng
mortga
   ges
Revenu                      20,500        38,135
     e
 bonds
Employ                      12,800        14,300
    ee
 Stock
Owners
   hip
  Plan
Revolv                      24,000        19,000
   ing
credit
facili
    ty
Conver                       6,000         6,000
 tible
debent
   ure
Collat                           -         5,500
erized
credit
facili
    ty
Other                        7,188        10,445
Total                       $102,3        $133,0
                                65            45

Land and Building Mortgages:  Variable rate mortgages bear interest at
rates ranging from prime to prime plus 1 percent and mature in varying
installments  through 1998.  The weighted average  interest  rate  for
1993  and 1992 was approximately 6.64% and 6.87%, respectively.  Fixed
rate  mortgages  bear  interest  at 9.375%  and  are  due  in  varying
installments through 2001.

Revenue Bonds:  Adjustable rate revenue refunding bonds collateralized
by   properties  at  the  air  industrial  park  mature   in   varying
installments  through  2010.  The bonds  bear  interest  at  a  weekly
variable  rate.  The weighted average interest rate for 1993 and  1992
was  approximately  2.46%  and  2.83%, respectively.   The  bonds  are
supported  by a letter of credit for which the company pays 1.50%  per
annum.  The company entered into an interest rate swap agreement  with
a  bank  for a $15,000 notional amount providing for a fixed  interest
rate of 4.13% through December 15, 1996.

Multi-family  facility revenue bonds collateralized by  a  residential
property  were retired in 1993 upon disposition of the property.   The
bonds  bore interest at a weekly variable rate.  The weighted  average
interest  rate  for 1993 and 1992 was approximately 3.32%  and  5.81%,
respectively.

Extinguishment  of  Debt:  In December 1992, the company  restructured
certain  debt  relating to the air industrial  park.   The  previously
outstanding  revenue  bonds, which carried a fixed  interest  rate  of
8.75%  were  redeemed  at 102% of par value.  In addition,  $2,500  of
other  debt was forgiven.  Proceeds for the redemption were  primarily
provided by a series of adjustable rate revenue refunding bonds issued
in  November  1992.   The transaction resulted in a net  extraordinary
gain of $316.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP):  This loan was used to fund  the
company's  loan  to  the ESOP and is payable in  varying  installments
through 1999.  Interest is payable quarterly at a variable rate  equal
to  83%  of  the prime rate or a percentage of LIBOR, at the company's
option.  The loan is collateralized by first mortgages on certain real
estate  properties  and  letters  of  credit.   The  loan  allows  for
collateral  substitution and upon disposition of such  properties  may
require additional collateral to maintain loan-to-value relationships.
The weighted average interest rate for 1993 and 1992 was approximately
3.44%  and  4.20%, respectively.  The loan agreement contains  various
covenants,   including  the  maintenance  of  a  minimum   amount   of
stockholders' equity and debt coverage ratio.  At December  31,  1993,
the minimum stockholders' equity required was $50,000 and increases by
$4,000 annually to $74,000 in 1999.

Revolving  Credit  Facility:  The company has an  unsecured  revolving
credit facility totaling $40,000, the proceeds of which are being used
for  general  corporate purposes, which expires in 1996.  The  current
facility  permits the company to choose between various interest  rate
options.   The  weighted average interest rate for 1993 and  1992  was
approximately  5.97%  and 5.49%, respectively.   The  company  pays  a
commitment fee at an annual rate of 1/2 of 1% on the unused portion of
the  facility.   The  facility contains various  covenants,  the  most
restrictive of which is a fixed-charge coverage requirement.

Convertible Debenture:  In July 1992, the company issued a $6,000 8.5%
convertible  debenture which matures in 1997.   The  company  may  not
prepay the principal balance prior to its maturity.  At the option  of
the holder, the debenture is convertible into 6,000 shares of Series D
8  1/2 percent convertible preferred stock of the company.  The holder
must  convert  the full debenture principal balance  at  the  time  of
conversion.  The Series D stock is ultimately convertible into 600,000
shares of the company's common stock and carries terms similar to  the
Series  C stock of the company, except as to the election of directors
(Note 12).

Collateralized  Credit Facility:  The facility was  collateralized  by
mortgages  on  real  estate and matured in 1993.   The  facility  bore
interest  at  prime  plus  1% or LIBOR plus  2.5%,  at  the  company's
election.   The weighted average interest rate for 1993 and  1992  was
approximately 5.70% and 6.34%, respectively.

Other:   This amount includes a bank loan for the purpose of financing
improvements to the company's offices which had an outstanding balance
of $5,000 and $8,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.  The
principal  is payable in semi-annual installments through  1995.   The
loan  bears  interest  at  LIBOR plus  0.25%.   The  weighted  average
interest rate for 1993 and 1992, including associated letter of credit
fees, was approximately 4.85% and 5.47%, respectively.

The  company maintains overnight credit facilities with various  banks
at  varying  rates.  The company had available $18,000,  of  which  no
amounts  were  outstanding at December 31, 1993.  The  facilities  are
subject  to  periodic  renewal from the banks and  certain  facilities
carry annual commitment fees ranging from .375% to 1%.

Aggregate maturities of notes due are as follows:

  1994   1995   1996   1997   1998    Therea
                                      fter
$32,82 $21,76 $3,108 $9,449 $12,25    $22,97
     0      2                    0         6

Under  the  terms  of the revolving credit facility,  the  company  is
annually required to pay down the facility for five consecutive  days.
Accordingly, any borrowings as of the end of the year are reflected as
due within one year in the above maturity table.

Interest  cost, which approximates amounts paid, for the  years  ended
December  31,  1993,  1992  and 1991 was $7,427,  $8,124  and  $9,872,
respectively.

At December 31, 1993, $87,029 of real estate was pledged as collateral
for notes payable.


7.  Income Taxes
The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

                              1993          1992          1991
Curren                                                        
t:
Federa                           $             $        $    -
l                            -----         -----          ----
Foreig                         145           196           144
n
 State                         107           464         1,082
     &
 Local
                               252           660         1,226
Deferr                                                        
ed:
Federa                      (4,027         2,099         5,990
l                                )
 State                         211           437           392
     &
 Local
                            (3,816         2,536         6,382
                                 )
                                                              
Total                       ($3,56        $3,196        $7,608
                                4)

The  income  tax provision (benefit) above consists of  the  following
components:

                              1993          1992          1991
Operat                      ($3,56        $1,972        $7,608
ions                            4)
Extrao                           -           255             -
rdinar
y gain
Accoun                           -           969             -
  ting
change
                            ($3,56        $3,196        $7,608
                                4)

In  the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31,  1992,
the  extraordinary  gain and the cumulative effect of  the  accounting
change are shown net of the related tax provision.

Deferred  income taxes result from temporary differences  between  the
financial  statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets  and
liabilities.  The source of these differences and tax effect  of  each
at  December  31, 1993 and for the years ended December 31,  1992  and
1991 are as follows:

                            Deferr               Provis
                                ed                  ion
                            Income               (Benef
                               Tax                  it)
                                                    for
                            Liabil               Deferr
                               ity                   ed
                            (Asset               Income
                                 )                Taxes
                              1993          1992          1991
Constr                        $556        ($314)        ($2,41
uction                                                      0)
earnin
    gs
Pensio                      24,287         4,216        12,243
     n
 plans
Deprec                       5,572         (156)           475
iation
  Real                      (2,362           159           350
estate                           )
proper
  ties
   Net                      (7,375        (1,886        (4,752
operat                           )             )             )
   ing
  loss
benefi
    ts
Restru                      (2,890             -             -
cturin                           )
     g
charge
     s
Altern                     (2,451)             -             -
 ative
minimu
 m tax
credit
carryf
orward
  Jobs                        (75)             -             -
credit
carryf
orward
Deferr                       (787)         (100)         (484)
    ed
compen
sation
  plan
Contri                       (848)         (231)         (269)
bution
     s
carryo
   ver
Other                           81           848         1,229
                            $13,70        $2,536        $6,382
                                 8

The  company  has  recorded  $16,788 of  deferred  tax  assets  having
resulted   principally  from  net  operating  loss  and   tax   credit
carryforwards.   Management believes that no  valuation  allowance  is
required  for  those  assets due to available tax planning  strategies
related to the company's defined benefit pension plan and dispositions
of real estate assets.

A  comparison  of  the  Federal  statutory  rate  with  the  company's
effective tax rate is as follows:

                            1993         1992        1991
Statut          (34.0)%                 34.0%       34.0%
   ory
Federa
     l
income
   tax
  rate
(benef
   it)
 State            2.2                    8.3         5.1
   and
 local
taxes,
net of
Federa
     l
benefi
     t
Effect                    (1.6)          0.7         0.5
   ive
foreig
 n tax
  rate
  U.S.                    (1.4)          --          --
posses
  sion
   tax
credit
Other                     (1.7)          1.4         0.5
Effect                    (36.5)        44.4%       40.1%
   ive                      %
   tax
  rate
(benef
   it)


Income taxes paid (refunded) were $73, $(3,397) and $(3,495) for 1993,
1992, and 1991, respectively.

For Federal income tax purposes, the company has available at December
31,  1993  a  net  operating loss carryforward  of  $19,551  which  is
available  to  offset  future taxable income  and  expires  from  2004
through  2007,  and an alternative minimum tax credit carryforward  of
$2,451 which can be carried forward indefinitely.

The   unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  related  to   cumulative
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries which were  permanently
reinvested was $227 at December 31, 1993.


8. Incentive Compensation Plans
The  company sponsors two incentive compensation plans.  The Executive
Incentive  Compensation Plan (EICP) authorizes payments of  awards  to
executive  officers and other designated employees of the  company  in
the  form  of  cash  and  common stock of the company,  which  may  be
deferred in part at the election of the recipient.  The committee that
administers the plan determines the particular recipients who  are  to
receive  awards  and  the  amounts of their  respective  awards.   The
amounts  charged  (credited)  to  expense  in  1993,  1992  and   1991
aggregated $39, $1,092 and $(242), respectively.

The  staff  Incentive  Compensation Plan (ICP) authorizes  payment  of
awards  in the form of cash and common stock of the company to certain
salaried  employees  who are not participants in the  company's  EICP.
All awards are deferred for a period of five years and are paid out in
cash  and  common stock over a six-year period thereafter.  Recipients
must  remain  in the continuous employment of the company  up  to  the
distribution date in order to receive the award.  The amounts  charged
to  expense  in  1993, 1992 and 1991 aggregated $116,  $78,  and  $62,
respectively.


9. Stock Options
The  company has incentive stock option plans adopted in 1986 and 1992
which  provide for the granting of options to officers and  designated
employees of the company to purchase shares of the common stock of the
company at a price not less than the market value of the common  stock
on  the  date  the option is granted.  In addition, an incentive  plan
adopted  in 1981 has been terminated and no new options can be granted
under this plan, although unexercised options remain outstanding.

Options are exercisable in whole or in part from one to ten years from
the date of the grant at the discretion of the stock option committee.
Options  granted  under each plan may not exceed 400,000  shares.   No
charges to income arise in connection with the plans.

Option  plan transactions during 1993 and 1992 are summarized  in  the
following table:

                                                                  
                                                             Price
                                                             Range
                                  1993          1992              
                                                               Per
                                                             Share
Outsta                          645,32        579,38         $8.44
 nding                               8             8           - $
Januar                                                       27.50
   y 1
                                                                         
Grante                          135,50        97,500          8.00
d                                    0                           -
                                                             12.50
Exerci                           (800)           -            8.50        
sed
Cancel                          (20,24        (31,56          8.00
ed                                  0)            0)             -
                                                             25.50
                                                                         
Outsta                          759,78        645,32          8.00
 nding                               8             8             -
Decemb                                                       27.50
 er 31
                                                                         
Exerci                          636,56        633,94          8.44
 sable                               8             9             -
    at                                                       27.50
Decemb
 er 31
                                                                         
Option                          405,29        83,230                     
     s                               0
availa
   ble
   for
 grant
    at
Januar
   y 1
                                                                         
Option                          277,53        405,29                     
     s                               0             0
availa
   ble
   for
 grant
    at
Decemb
 er 31

10.  Employee Benefit Plans
The  company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan  which
covers  salaried employees who meet minimum age and length of  service
requirements.   Benefits are based on members' years  of  service  and
averaged final salary.

The  projected  unit credit actuarial method is used to determine  the
recognition  of net periodic pension expense and to determine  funding
requirements.  The company will continue to fund the plan as required.

Plan  assets  consist primarily of pooled equity, debt and  short-term
investment funds, a pooled real estate equity fund and 675,000  shares
of the company's common stock.

On  March 31, 1991, the company curtailed its defined benefit  pension
plan  such that benefits do not accrue to plan participants for future
years  of  service.   The curtailment resulted in a  pre-tax  gain  of
$29,862  which  is included in Other income, net for  the  year  ended
December 31, 1991.

Effective  January  1,  1992,  the  company  changed  the  method  for
amortizing  unrecognized pension actuarial gains and  losses  for  the
defined  benefit pension plan, under which the full amount of the  net
actuarial  gain or loss in the year is being amortized over  a  period
not exceeding the average life expectancy of employees.  The effect of
the  change in accounting method for the year ended December 31,  1992
related  to  the 1992 pension expense was to increase  net  income  by
$641, net of tax, or $.12 per share on primary earnings per share  and
$.10  per  share on fully diluted earnings per share.  The  cumulative
effect  of  the  change on prior years was to increase net  income  by
$1,454,  net of tax, or $.29 per share on primary earnings  per  share
and $.25 per share on fully diluted earnings per share.

The  pro  forma  amounts below have been adjusted for  the  effect  of
retroactive application of the change in accounting method as  if  the
change had been adopted effective January 1, 1991.

                               For                      
                               the
                             years
                             ended
                            Decemb
                            er 31,
                              1992           1991       
Income                                                  
before
extrao
rdinar
     y
                                                        
  gain
   and
cumula
  tive
                            $2,230        $11,504       
effect
    of
accoun
  ting
change
Primar                                                  
     y
earnin
gs per
                                 $              $       
common                         .15           2.09
 share
 Fully                                                  
dilute
     d
earnin
    gs
   per                           $              $       
common                         .15           1.83
 share
Net                         $2,546        $12,796       
income
Primar                                                  
     y
earnin
gs per
                                 $              $       
common                         .21           2.39
 share
 Fully                                                  
dilute
     d
earnin
    gs
   per                           $              $       
common                         .20           2.05
 share

The  table  below sets forth the funded status of the defined  benefit
pension  plan  and  amounts  recognized  in  the  company's  financial
statements at December 31, 1993 and 1992 and for the years then ended:

                              1993          1992
Actuar                                          
   ial
presen
     t
 value
    of
benefi
     t
                                                
obliga
tions:
                            $81,84        $80,06
Vested                           3             3
benefi
    ts
                            86,670        85,341
Accumu
 lated
benefi
     t
obliga
  tion
                            86,670        85,341
Projec
   ted
benefi
     t
obliga
  tion
  Plan                      163,09        153,33
assets                           9             0
    at
  fair
 value
                                                
  Plan                                          
assets
    in
excess
    of
projec
   ted
                            76,429        67,989
benefi
     t
obliga
  tion
Unreco                       1,825         2,003
gnized
 prior
servic
e cost
Unreco                      (9,763        (10,29
gnized                           )            4)
   net
  gain
Remain                                          
   ing
unreco
gnized
   net
 asset
                            (5,284        (6,165
 being                           )             )
recogn
  ized
  over
    15
 years
                                                
Prepai                      63,207        53,533
     d
pensio
n cost
                                                
Compon                                          
  ents
of net
period
    ic
pensio
     n
                                                
credit
:
                                                
Intere
    st
  cost
    on
projec
   ted
benefi
     t
                             6,829         6,725
obliga
  tion
                            (15,64        (12,02
Actual                          6)            2)
return
    on
  plan
assets
   Net                       (857)        (4,252
amorti                                         )
zation
   and
deferr
    al
                                                
   Net                      ($9,67        ($9,54
period                          4)            9)
    ic
pensio
     n
credit


The  assumptions  used in measuring the actuarial value  of  projected
benefit  obligations and determining the net periodic  pension  credit
were:

                                1993          1992
Weight                         8.25%         8.25%
    ed
averag
     e
discou
    nt
  rate
  Rate                           N/A           N/A
    of
compen
sation
increa
    se
Expect                                            
    ed
 long-
  term
  rate
    of
return
    on
                               10.0%         10.0%
  plan
assets


The  company amortizes unrecognized prior service costs on a straight-
line basis over a period not exceeding the average life expectancy  of
retirees.

Effective January 1, 1994, the company formed a cash balance  plan  to
provide  pension  benefits  to  its employees,  that  were  previously
provided  separately under the curtailed defined benefit pension  plan
and  the defined contribution retirement plan.  Management anticipates
that  the cash balance plan will significantly reduce the net periodic
pension  credit recognized in 1994 and future years, and result  in  a
reduction of the prepaid pension asset.

The  company  also  sponsors a defined contribution  retirement  plan,
effective  April  1, 1991, and a Section 401(k) tax  deferred  savings
plan  which covers salaried employees who meet minimum age and  length
of  service  requirements.  Contributions to the defined  contribution
retirement plan are based on salaries and length of service.  Matching
contributions which began July 1, 1991, to the Section 401(k) plan are
based  on  employee contributions and are limited to one-half  of  the
first 3% of the employee's compensation.  The aggregate amount charged
to  expense  for these plans was $6,933 and $7,542 in 1993  and  1992,
respectively.

Employees  retiring  from the company and eligible  for  an  immediate
benefit  from the retirement plans (generally age 55 with 15 years  of
service)  are  eligible  to continue their current  medical  insurance
coverage into retirement.  The medical benefits continue to be subject
to  the  deductibles,  copayment  provisions  and  other  limitations.
Retirees  pay  for  a  portion  of the total  cost  of  their  medical
insurance and starting with 1993 retirements, the portion of the total
cost  will  be dependent on the individual's total company service  at
retirement.  The medical plans of the company are funded on a  pay  as
you go basis.

Effective  January 1, 1993, the company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 106 "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits  Other  Than  Pensions."  The statement mandates  accrual  of
postretirement health benefits during the years that employees  render
service.

The  company  will  amortize to expense, over a  20-year  period,  the
discounted present value of the obligation as of the adoption date.
The  table  below sets forth the funded status of the  plans  and  the
amounts  recognized in the company's financial statements at  December
31, 1993 and for the year then ended.

_________________________________________________________________
Actuarial   present   value  of  accumulated  postretirement   benefit
obligation:

   Retirees                                  $16,162
   Fully eligible active plan participants   1,371
   Other active plan participants        4,788
   Accumulated unfunded postretirement benefit
      obligation                       22,321
   Remaining unrecognized transition obligation   (18,820)
   Unrecognized net loss              (1,744)
   Accrued postretirement benefit obligation $1,757
_________________________________________________________________
Net  periodic  postretirement  benefit  cost  includes  the  following
components:
   Service cost                          $286
   Interest cost                         1,612
   Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation       991
_________________________________________________________________
   Net periodic postretirement benefit cost  $2,889
_________________________________________________________________
Impact of one percent increase in healthcare trend rate:
   Aggregate impact on 1993 service cost and interest cost       $120

   Increase in December 31, 1993 accumulated postretirement
      benefit obligation               $1,619
_________________________________________________________________

The  accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was computed  using
an  assumed  weighted average discount rate of 7.5%.   The  healthcare
cost  trend rate was assumed to be 13% in 1993 decreasing by 1% a year
to 6% in 2000 and 5.5% in 2001 and beyond.

In  November  1992,  the Financial Accounting Standards  Board  issued
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  112  "Employers'
Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."  This statement mandates  the
accrual of all types of postemployment benefits provided to former  or
inactive employees, their beneficiaries, and covered dependents  after
employment  but  before  retirement.   The  company  will  adopt  this
standard  effective January 1, 1994.  Management believes  the  impact
when  the standard is adopted will not be material to the consolidated
financial statements.


11.  Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The  company has a leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)  for
salaried  employees  who  meet  minimum  age  and  length  of  service
requirements.   To  fund  the  ESOP, the company  originally  borrowed
$18,092.   Proceeds of this borrowing were loaned to the  ESOP,  which
purchased 850,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.

Eligible employees are allocated the Series B stock over the  term  of
the ten-year ESOP loan.  The allocated shares vest after five years of
service.
The Series B stock is callable, in whole or in part, at the option  of
the  company  at  any time after July 1, 1994, at a  price  per  share
expressed  as  a  percentage of the issue price  of  $21.29.   At  the
company's option, the call may be satisfied by common shares, cash  or
a  combination thereof.  The call price is 112% in 1994 and  decreases
to  100%  in 1999 and for years thereafter.  The trustee may,  at  any
time,  convert each share of Series B stock into one share  of  common
stock.

Prior  to  the retirement of the ESOP debt, employees can only  redeem
their vested preferred shares upon death or age 70 1/2.  Once the debt
is  retired,  shares  can  be redeemed at retirement,  termination  or
death.  The redemption value is established at the end of each year by
an  independent appraiser.  The latest appraised value dated March 17,
1994  was  $18.00  per  preferred share.   At  the  company's  option,
redemption by an employee may be satisfied by common shares, cash or a
combination thereof.

The preferred stockholders are entitled to identical voting rights  as
the holders of common shares.

The  loan to the ESOP is on the same terms as the company's bank loan.
The  ESOP  will repay the loan (plus interest) with proceeds from  the
quarterly dividends paid on the Series B stock and contributions  from
the company.  All contributions to the ESOP in excess of dividends are
treated as compensation expense.

Compensation expense and interest income for the years ended  December
31, 1993, 1992 and 1991 were:

                       1993       1992       1991
Compen                 $340       $215       $585
sation
expens
     e
Intere                 $509       $627     $1,018
    st
income

The interest income earned by the company on the ESOP loan offsets the
interest expense incurred on the original borrowing, with no impact on
the results of operations.


12.  Stockholders' Equity
On  July  20, 1992, the company sold Karl Steiner Holding AG (Steiner)
9,000 shares of Series C 8 1/2 percent convertible preferred stock and
6,000 shares of Series D 8 1/2 percent convertible preferred stock for
a  total  of  $15,000.   On  July 22, 1992, the  Series  D  stock  was
exchanged for an 8 1/2 percent convertible debenture due 1997  in  the
principal amount of $6,000 (Note 6).

The  Series  C  stock is convertible into 1,000,000 shares  of  common
stock  or can be exchanged for 9,000 shares of Series E 8 1/2  percent
convertible preferred stock (which is substantially identical  to  the
Series  C  stock,  except  as  to  transferability  and  election   of
directors).  The debenture is convertible into 6,000 shares of  Series
D  stock,  which is convertible into 600,000 shares of  common  stock.
The Series C stock has, and the Series D and Series E stock will have,
a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and a cumulative dividend
preference of $85 per share per year.  At their option, the holders of
the  Series  C,  Series D and Series E stock will have  the  right  to
convert  either  the full amount or a partial percentage  into  common
stock.

While  the  Series C stockholders own securities constituting  (on  an
after-converted  basis)  more  than  10  percent  of   the   company's
outstanding  common  stock, on a fully diluted  basis,  the  Series  C
stockholders  have  the right to elect, as a class,  between  one  and
three  directors, depending on the percentage of the outstanding stock
owned.   Holders  of Series D and Series E stock, and Series  C  stock
(except  when  they are entitled to elect at least one director  as  a
class),  vote  on  an as-converted basis as though  they  held  common
stock.   Holders of Series C or Series D stock also have the right  to
elect a director if the company is six quarters or more in arrears  in
paying dividends.

In  connection  with  the  purchase of  the  company's  securities  by
Steiner, the company executed an agreement which provided the  company
and  Steiner  with  certain  rights,  obligations  and  options  which
terminates on June 30, 2002, unless extended.

Under  this agreement, Steiner has the right of first refusal in  some
instances  with  regard  to sales by the company  of  more  than  five
percent  of  its stock.  In addition, if the company issues additional
stock or convertible or exchangeable securities, Steiner will have the
option  in some instances to purchase similar securities to the extent
necessary to maintain its percentage ownership.

If  the  company  issues,  in  a  transaction  or  related  series  of
transactions,  common stock or convertible or exchangeable  securities
totaling  at  least  15  percent of the company's  outstanding  common
stock, on a fully diluted basis, the Series C stock will be redeemable
during  a 30-day period at its liquidation preference plus accrued  or
accumulated dividends, unless the holders of two-thirds of the  Series
C stock approve the transaction.

The  company  has  a right of first refusal with regard  to  sales  or
transfers  of  the company's securities owned by Steiner  constituting
more than five percent of the company's outstanding common stock, on a
fully  diluted  basis.  In addition, the company  has  the  option  to
repurchase the company's securities owned by Steiner, upon a change in
control in the ownership of Steiner.

If after December 31, 1994, the price of the company's common stock is
below $7 for at least 20 consecutive trading days (or if the agreement
is  not  extended), Steiner may require the company either to  find  a
buyer (which may be the company) for all of Steiner's holdings (or all
its  holdings  except the debenture or Series D  stock),  or  to  sell
Steiner  additional common stock equal to Steiner's existing  holdings
on  an as-converted basis, at a price selected by Steiner which is not
higher  than  115 percent of the market price of the company's  common
stock.  The company will not decide until it knows the terms on  which
it  is  to  find  a  buyer for Steiner's holdings or to  sell  Steiner
additional common stock, which of the two options it will elect.

13.  Commitments and Contingencies
The  company  (as  lessee) leases office space under operating  leases
having  remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess  of  one  year.
Rental  expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992  and  1991
amounted to $9,779, $10,103 and $10,393, respectively.  Future minimum
rental payments are as follows:

  1994   1995   1996   1997   1998 Therea
                                   fter
$8,856 $8,873 $8,161 $6,588 $5,484 $22,62
                                        9

The company (as lessor) has operating leases with tenants that provide
for  fixed  minimum rent and reimbursement of a portion  of  operating
costs.   Additional rents for reimbursements included in rental income
amounted   to  $390,  $447,  and  $506  for  1993,  1992   and   1991,
respectively.

Tenant leases on commercial office and mixed-use properties have terms
of  up  to  ten years, and leases on residential properties  generally
have  terms  of one year or less.  Minimum future rental revenue  from
non-cancelable leases in effect at December 31, 1993 are as follows:

  1994   1995   1996   1997   1998    Therea
                                      fter
$10,97 $9,609 $2,742 $1,509   $836     $546
     6


In  connection  with the company's investment in a real  estate  joint
venture   to   develop  certain  condominium  properties  in   Boston,
Massachusetts, the company has guaranteed, jointly and severally  with
its joint venture partner, the construction loan provided to the joint
venture in the amount of $13,000.  The loan is primarily secured by  a
mortgage  and  security agreement covering the  property  and  various
other assignment of rights and interests.

The  company  has  jointly and severally guaranteed  completion  of  a
$88,800 construction contract which was entered into by Turner Steiner
International, S.A., in which the company has a 50% interest.

In  connection  with the sale of certain assets and liabilities  of  a
construction  subsidiary, the company agreed to guaranty or  otherwise
indemnify  their surety up to $15,000 in obtaining bonds in excess  of
$45,000.

The  company owns certain buildings, hangars and equipment and is  the
ground  lessee  on  the underlying land located at an  air  industrial
park.   The  company  has leased to a tenant the  buildings,  hangars,
equipment and land with an initial term of 10 years expiring in  1996.
The  tenant  was acquired by a third party in 1989.  As  part  of  the
acquisition,  the  acquirer  agreed  to  assume  the  tenant's   lease
obligations  for the balance of its initial term and  agreed  to  make
joint  efforts with the company to find a replacement tenant  for  the
facility.   Unless  the  company  is  able  to  replace  the   tenant,
expiration  of the lease may adversely affect the company's  earnings.
Rental  income under this lease represented 33% of total rental income
for 1993.

The company is a defendant in various routine litigations incident  to
its  business.   While in some instances the amounts sought  are  very
substantial  and certain parties are withholding amounts  included  in
construction  receivables, pending the outcome of the  litigation,  in
the  opinion of management the resolution of such litigation will  not
have  a  material adverse effect on the financial position and results
of operations of the company.


14.  Other Income, net
The major components of Other income, net are as follows:

                            1993       1992       1991
Intere                    $1,036     $1,035     $1,297
st and
divide
    nd
income
Invest                       861          -          -
  ment
income
Pensio                                                
     n
curtai
 lment
                               -          -     29,862
  gain
 (Note
   10)
Equity                    (3,027     (3,928      (875)
    in                         )          )
affili
 ates'
   net
  loss
Other                        260       (10)      (468)
                          ($870)     ($2,90     $29,81
                                         3)          6
                                                      


15.  Business Segments
The  Consolidated Statements of Operations provide segment information
regarding revenues and operating expenses.  Interest expense has  been
included in each segment presented.  Certain other financial  data  of
the  company's  business segments (construction and real  estate)  are
presented below:

                         1993       1992        1991
Identi                                              
fiable
assets
    at
                                                    
year
end:
                                                    
Constr                 $452,3     $483,2      $498,1
uction                     93         45          80
Real                   125,98     143,79      147,01
estate                      0          2           9
Genera                 85,833     99,521      89,642
     l
corpor
   ate
                       $664,2     $726,5      $734,8
                           06         58          41
                                                    
Deprec                                              
iation
   and
                                                    
amorti
zation
                                                    
expens
e:
                                                    
Constr                 $3,034     $3,706      $3,937
uction
Real                    5,460      5,930       6,202
estate
Genera                  1,330      1,407       1,311
     l
corpor
   ate
                       $9,824     $11,04      $11,45
                                       3           0

16.  Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair
value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  The carrying amount of cash and cash
equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of
these amounts.

Marketable Securities:  The fair value of marketable securities is
based on quoted market prices for such investments.  At December 31,
1993 and 1992, the fair value approximates the carrying amount.

Construction Receivables and Construction Payables:  The carrying
amount of construction receivables and construction payables
approximate fair value as these amounts generally are due or payable
within the company's operating cycle.

Notes Payable:  The fair value of notes payable secured by real estate
properties that mature within one year, is estimated based on
management's intent with respect to refinancing.  For those debt
instruments which have been subsequently extinguished, the carrying
amount approximates fair value.  Otherwise, the fair value of such
notes payable is estimated based on the company's risk adjusted
incremental borrowing rate upon refinancing, given the underlying
value of the loan collateral.

The fair value of notes payable secured by real estate properties with
maturities in excess of one year, is estimated based on discounting
the future cash flows at the company's year-end risk adjusted
incremental borrowing rate for a similar debt instrument, given the
underlying value of the loan collateral.

The fair value of unsecured notes payable is estimated based on the
company's year-end incremental borrowing rate for similar liabilities.

The above methodologies for determining the fair value of notes
payable reflect recent agreements entered into and currently under
negotiation by the company.  At  December 31, 1993 and 1992, the fair
value of notes payable was $95,021 and $114,580, respectively.

Convertible Debenture:  The fair value of the convertible debenture is
estimated based on the greater of the company's incremental borrowing
rate for a similar debt instrument, or the value of the debt assuming
conversion at the year-end stock price, which would reflect the
probability of conversion by the debt holder.  At December 31, 1993
and 1992, the fair value was $6,000.

ESOP Loan Receivable:  The fair value of the loan receivable from the
ESOP is estimated based on the fair value of the company's borrowing
to fund the ESOP.  At December 31, 1993 and 1992, the fair value was
$12,255 and $13,533, respectively.

Interest Rate Swap Agreement:  The fair value of the interest rate
swap agreement on the adjustable rate revenue refunding bonds is
estimated based on the discounted value of the difference between the
fixed payments on the swap and the payments that would be required at
current market fixed rates for a similar financial instrument.  The
fair value of the interest rate swap liability was $286 at December
31, 1993.  The fair value of the interest rate swap was zero at
December 31, 1992.


17.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

  1993                            March       June 30    Septemb   Decembe   
Quarte                            31                    er 30     r 31
     r
 Ended
 Value                           $ 580,941   $ 737,080 $ 735,223 $  715,135  
    of
constr
uction
comple
   ted
 Gross                           $  15,758   $  14,936 $  16,952 $   11,719  
earnin
    gs
Income                              1,704       1,280     1,816   (14,569 (
(loss)                                                                  ) a
before                                                                    )
income
 taxes
   Net                                946         909       911   (8,971)  
income
(loss)
Primar                                .09         .09       .09    (1.83)  
     y
earnin
    gs
(loss)
   per
common
 share
   (e)
 Fully                                .08         .08       .07       (b)  
dilute
     d
earnin
    gs
(loss)
   per
common
 share
   (e)
  1992                            March       June 30    Septemb   Decembe   
Quarte                            31                    er 30     r 31
     r
 Ended
 Value                           $ 594,208   $ 669,885 $ 687,136 $  693,565  
    of
constr
uction
comple
   ted
 Gross                           $  13,335   $  15,646 $  18,787 $   17,747  
earnin
    gs
Income                            (1,740)       2,275     2,276     1,391  
(loss)
before
income
 taxes
Income                                                                     
(loss)
before
extrao
rdinar
y gain
   and
                                  (1,040)       1,268     1,216       786  
cumula
  tive
effect
    of
accoun
  ting
change
Net                                   414 (     1,268     1,216     1,102 (
income                                    c                               d
                                          )                               )
Primar                                                                     
     y
earnin
    gs
(loss)
   per
common
share:
   (e)
                                                                           
Before
extrao
rdinar
y item
   and
cumula
  tive
effect
    of                              (.26)         .20       .16       .05  
accoun
  ting
change
   Net                                .03         .20       .16       .11  
income
   per
common
 share
 Fully                                                                     
dilute
     d
earnin
    gs
(loss)
   per
common
share:
   (e)
                                                                           
Before
extrao
rdinar
y item
   and
cumula
  tive
effect
    of                              (.22)         .17       .14       .05  
accoun
  ting
change
   Net                                .02         .17       .14       .10  
income
   per
common
 share
   (a)                                                                     
   The
fourth
quarte
     r
includ
  es a
restru
cturin
     g
charge
    of
$8,500
   and
  real
estate
write-
 downs
   and
reserv
 es of
$5,188
     .
   (b)                                                                     
Antidi
lutive
     .
   (c)                                                                     
   The
 first
quarte
     r
includ
es the
cumula
  tive
effect
  of a
change
    in
accoun
  ting
method
    of
$1,454
     .
   (d)                                                                     
   The
fourth
quarte
     r
includ
 es an
extrao
rdinar
y gain
    of
 $316.
   (e)                                                                     
   The
quarte
   rly
   per
 share
amount
 s are
comput
    ed
indepe
ndentl
  y of
annual
amount
    s.
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           

Responsibilities for Financial Reporting

The  management  of  The Turner Corporation and Subsidiaries  has  the
responsibility  for preparing the accompanying consolidated  financial
statements  and  for their integrity and objectivity.   The  financial
statements  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting  principles  applied on a  consistent  basis  and  are  not
misstated  due  to material fraud or error.  The financial  statements
include  amounts  that are based on management's  best  estimates  and
judgements.   Management also prepared the other  information  in  the
annual report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with
the financial statements.

The fair presentation of the company's financial position, results  of
operations  and  cash flows are reported on by the independent  public
accountants,  Arthur Andersen & Co. (see Report of Independent  Public
Accountants) for each of the three years in the period ended  December
31,  1993.   Their report emphasizes that the company has  significant
interests in real estate properties, the carrying amounts of which are
based  on  management's present intent to hold these properties  until
market   conditions  improve  to  the  extent  necessary  to   achieve
reasonable prices upon disposition.  Management has made available  to
Arthur  Andersen  &  Co.  all of the company's financial  records  and
related  data, as well as the minutes of stockholders' and  directors'
meetings.   Furthermore, management believes that all  representations
made  to  Arthur  Andersen  & Co. during  its  audit  were  valid  and
appropriate.

To  fulfill the responsibility for the reporting of financial results,
management  maintains  a system of accounting and  internal  controls,
including  a program of internal audits which encompasses operational,
financial and special audits.  Management seeks to assure the  quality
of   financial  reporting  by  careful  selection  and   training   of
supervisory and management personnel, by organization structures  that
provide   an   appropriate   division  of   responsibility,   and   by
communication  of  accounting  and business  policies  and  procedures
throughout  the company.  Management believes the internal  accounting
controls in use provide reasonable assurance that the company's assets
are  safeguarded,  that transactions are executed in  accordance  with
management's  authorizations,  and  that  the  financial  records  are
reliable  for  the  purpose  of preparing  financial  statements.   In
addition, the company has distributed a statement of its policies  for
conducting  business  affairs  in a  lawful  and  ethical  manner  and
receives reports of compliance annually.

The  Board  of  Directors, through the Audit Committee of  the  Board,
meets  separately  and jointly with management, the internal  auditors
and  the independent public accountants on a periodic basis to  assure
itself that each is carrying out its responsibilities.
                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
                                and Subsidiaries
                        SCHEDULE II - AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE
                     FROM RELATED PARTIES AND UNDERWRITERS,
               PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER THAN RELATED PARTIES
                              at December 31, 1993


 Col. A    Col. B    Col. C        C                  Col. E
                                   o
                                   l
                                   .
                                   D
                                   D                              
                                   e
                                   d
                                   u
                                   c
                                   t
                                   i
                                   o
                                   n
                                   s
          Balance             Amounts    Amount      Balance
             at                            s         at Dec.
                                                    31, 1993
Name of   Jan. 1,    Addition  Collecte  Written   Current     Non-
 Debtor     1993        s         d        Off               Current
                                                                     
R. Wille  $100,000                                            $100,000
                    -         -          -         -
S.         165,000                                             165,000
Robinson            -         -          -         -
J.         100,000                                             100,000
Little              -         -          -         -
M. Smith   115,221                                             115,221
                    -         -          -         -
      J.   130,178                                   112,516    17,662
McCullou            -         -          -
      gh
Y. Roth    130,847               7,660                         123,187
                    -                    -         -
N. Makes   117,000              17,000                         100,000
                    -                    -         -
R. Wund    168,941              80,000                70,000    18,941
                    -                    -
      W.    85,597    22,700                                  108,297
Manteuff                      -                        -
      el
                                                                     
   These
   loans
    were
 made in
accordan
 ce with
 company
  policy
relating
  to the
purchase
of a new
residenc                                                             
    e in
connecti
 on with
transfer
      s,
reassign
ments or
   other
circumst
   ances
relating
  to the
business
  of the
company.
     The
   loans
outstand
  ing at
12/31/93
    bear
interest
at rates
 ranging
    from
4.32% to                                                             
  10.50%
     and
  mature
      at
 various
   dates
    from
 1994 to
2003 and
 in most
instance
   s are
collater                                                             
 alized.
 Certain
 amounts
      in
column E
constitu
      te
"bridge"
   loans
    made
 pending
       a
 sale of                                                             
       a
transfer
     red
employee
 's home
and bear
      no
interest
       .
                                                                     
                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
                                and Subsidiaries
                        SCHEDULE II - AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE
                     FROM RELATED PARTIES AND UNDERWRITERS,
               PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER THAN RELATED PARTIES
                              at December 31, 1992


 Col. A    Col. B    Col. C        C                  Col. E
                                   o
                                   l
                                   .
                                   D
                                   D                              
                                   e
                                   d
                                   u
                                   c
                                   t
                                   i
                                   o
                                   n
                                   s
          Balance             Amounts    Amount      Balance
             at                            s         at Dec.
                                                    31, 1992
Name of   Jan. 1,    Addition  Collecte  Written   Current     Non-
 Debtor     1992        s         d        Off               Current
                                                                     
R. Wille  $100,000                                            $100,000
                    -         -          -         -
J.         100,000             $50,000    $50,000                    -
Turnier             -                              -
S.         165,000                                             165,000
Robinson            -         -          -         -
J.         100,000                                             100,000
Little              -         -          -         -
M. Smith   101,817   $13,404                                   115,221
                              -          -         -
J.McCull   130,178                                  $112,516    17,662
ough                -         -          -
Y. Roth    130,847                                             130,847
                    -         -          -         -
N. Makes   117,000                                             117,000
                    -         -          -         -
 R. Wund    68,941   100,000                        150,000    18,941
                              -
                                                                     
   These
   loans
    were
 made in
accordan
 ce with
 company
  policy
relating
  to the
purchase
of a new
residenc                                                             
    e in
connecti
 on with
transfer
      s,
reassign
ments or
   other
circumst
   ances
relating
  to the
business
  of the
company.
     The
   loans
outstand
  ing at
12/31/92
    bear
interest
at rates
 ranging
    from
5.06% to                                                             
   8.75%
     and
  mature
      at
 various
   dates
    from
 1993 to
2001 and
 in most
instance
   s are
collater                                                             
 alized.
 Certain
 amounts
      in
column E
constitu
      te
"bridge"
   loans
    made
 pending
       a
 sale of                                                             
       a
transfer
     red
employee
 's home
and bear
      no
interest
       .
                                                                     
                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
                                and Subsidiaries
                        SCHEDULE II - AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE
                     FROM RELATED PARTIES AND UNDERWRITERS,
               PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER THAN RELATED PARTIES
                              at December 31, 1991


 Col. A    Col. B    Col. C        C                  Col. E
                                   o
                                   l
                                   .
                                   D
                                   D                              
                                   e
                                   d
                                   u
                                   c
                                   t
                                   i
                                   o
                                   n
                                   s
          Balance             Amounts    Amount      Balance
             at                            s         at Dec.
                                                    31, 1991
Name of   Jan. 1,    Addition  Collecte  Written   Current     Non-
 Debtor     1991        s         d        Off               Current
                                                                     
R. Wille  $109,789                         $9,789             $100,000
                    -         -                    -
J.         100,000                                  $100,000         -
Turnier             -         -          -
S.         165,000                                             165,000
Robinson            -         -          -         -
J.         100,000                                             100,000
Little              -         -          -         -
M. Smith   103,189             $1,372                          101,817
                    -                    -         -
J.McCull   112,516  $17,662                          112,516    17,662
ough                          -          -
Y. Roth    130,847                                             130,847
                    -         -          -         -
N. Makes            117,000                                    117,000
             -                -          -         -
                                                                     
                                                                     
   These
   loans
    were
 made in
accordan
 ce with
 company
  policy
relating
  to the
purchase
of a new
residenc                                                             
    e in
connecti
 on with
transfer
      s,
reassign
ments or
   other
circumst
   ances
relating
  to the
business
  of the
company.
     The
   loans
outstand
  ing at
12/31/91
    bear
interest
at rates
 ranging
    from
 6.5% to                                                             
   8.75%
     and
  mature
      at
 various
   dates
    from
 1992 to
2001 and
 in most
instance
   s are
collater                                                             
 alized.
 Certain
 amounts
      in
column E
constitu
      te
"bridge"
   loans
    made
 pending
       a
 sale of                                                             
       a
transfer
     red
employee
 's home
and bear
      no
interest
       .


                                                                     
THE TURNER CORPORATION
   and Subsidiaries
 SCHEDULE IX -- SHORT-
    TERM BORROWINGS
                                                                     
                                            Maximum  Average  Weighte
                                                                 d
                                    Weighte   Amount   Amount  Average
                                      d
 Category of Aggregate  Balance at  Average  Outstan  Outstan  Interes
 Short Tem Borrowings                         ding    ding    t Rate
                           End of   Interes   During  During   During
                                      t       the      the      the
                           Period     Rate    Period   Period   Period
                                              (2)      (3)      (3)
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                     
Amounts Payable to      199       0   n/a    $11,000  $4,952,    6.31%
banks for Borrowing:     3                     ,000      500
(1)
                                                                     
                        199       0   n/a    $6,750,  $2,120,    5.78%
                         2                      000      833
                                                                     
                        199       0   n/a    $14,650  $4,339,    8.08%
                         1                     ,000      167
                                                                     
                                                                     
                                                                     
      (1) - Short- term
   borrowing facilities
    are maintained with
  various banks and are
    subject to periodic
              renewals.
      (2) - The maximum                                              
  amount outstanding is
   based upon month end
              balances.
      (3) - Average was                                              
   computed using month
       end balances and
        interest rates.
                                                                     
Item 9.         Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial                          Disclosure.

     None
                                        
                                    PART III
                                        
                                        
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

     The information with respect to the directors and nominees for
directors which will appear in the registrant's definitive proxy statement
to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 30,
1994, is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Officers of the Registrant.


                                                           Served as an Officer
                                                           in the Capacity
Name            Age    Office                              Indicated Since
Alfred T. McNeill57     Chairman of the Board,             Chairman since
                                                           3/1/89.
                       Chief Executive Officer
                       and Director
Harold J. Parmelee56   President and Director              President
                                                           since 5/11/90.
Ralph Beck      55     Senior Vice President         Secretary since 12/31/93.
                       and Secretary
Joseph V. Vumbacco48   Senior Vice President and    Senior V.P. since 12/5/86.
                       General Counsel
David J. Smith  53     Senior Vice President and           1/1/94.
                       Chief Financial Officer
Allen H. Wahlberg60   Senior Vice President                1/1/91.
Ralph W. Johnson 57   Senior Vice President               6/11/93.
Donald R. Kerstetter63Senior Vice President               6/11/93.
Richard H. Esau, Jr.59  Vice President                    6/11/93.
Francis C. O'Connor 51  Vice President                    11/1/92.
Garrett Thompson    51  Vice President                     3/1/93.
Donald G. Sleeman   39  Treasurer                         1/15/92.
Anthony C. Breu     46  Controller                         6/1/88.

     Each executive officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board of
Directors.

     Each of the executive officers listed above is an employee of The
Turner Corporation or Turner Construction Company and has been an employee
of these companies or other construction subsidiaries in an executive,
managerial or engineering capacity for the past five years except for Mr.
Smith.  From 1983 to 1993 Mr. Smith served as Vice President and Treasurer
of Mack Trucks, Inc., a subsidiary of Renault.  From 1976 to 1983 Mr.
Smith held various executive financial positions within the Renault
organization.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

     The information which will appear under the caption "Remuneration of
Executive Officers" in the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 30, 1994,
is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     The information under the caption "Election of Directors" in the
registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission prior to April 30, 1994 with respect to the
ownership by certain beneficial owners and management of the registrant's
stock is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The information under the caption "Election of Directors" in the
registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission prior to April 30, 1994 with respect to certain
relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by
reference.

                                     PART IV
                                        
                                        
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form -8-
K.

    a)    Documents filed as part of this report (including documents
          incorporated herein by reference):

          1.   Financial Statements:
                                                             Page No.
               - Report of Independent Public Accountants             14
               - Consolidated Balance Sheets - as of December 31, 1993 and
1992 15
               - Consolidated Statements of Operations - for the years
ended
                  December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991               16
               - Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - for the
years
                  ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991              17
               - Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the years
ended
                  December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991               18
               - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements           19-
36
               - Responsibilities for Financial Reporting             37

2.   Financial Statement Schedules:
                                                 Page No.
     II.  Amounts Receivable from Related Parties and
          Underwriters, Promoters, and Employees Other
          than Related Parties                    38-40
     IX   Short-Term Borrowings                     41
3.   Consent of Independent Public Accountants      50

     Individual financial statements of the registrant and financial
statement schedules not included above are omitted since they are either
not required or not applicable or the information has been presented in
the notes to consolidated financial statements.

4.   Exhibits

Exhibit No.    Description
3(a)(i)        Certificate of           Incorporated herein by
               Incorporation, as        reference to Exhibit 3 to the
               amended to 7/10/89.      Registration Statement on
                                        Form S-14 of The Turner
                                        Corporation, No. 2- 90235.

3(a)(ii)       Amendment dated, 5/19/86 Incorporated herein
3(a)(iii)      Amendment dated, 9/12/88 by reference to Exhibit 3(a)
3(a)(iv)       Amendment dated, 7/10/89 to the Company's 1989 Annual
                                        Report on Form 10-K.

3(b)           By-Laws, as amended
               to 6/11/93.

3(c)(i)        Certificate of Designations   Incorporated herein
               relating to Series C 8-1/2%   by reference to Exhibit
               Convertible Preference Stock. 2 to the Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

3(c)(ii)       Certificate of Designations   Incorporated herein
               relating to Series D 8-1/2%   by reference to
               Convertible Preference Stock. Exhibit 3 to the
                                        Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

3(c)(iii)      Certificate of Designations   Incorporated herein by
               relating to Series E 8-1/2%   reference to Exhibit 4 to
               Convertible Preference Stock. the Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.
Exhibit No.    Description

4(a)           Shareholders Rights      Incorporated herein by
               Agreement.               reference to the Registration
                                        Statement on Form 8-A
                                        dated September 9, 1988.

4(b)           Agreement regarding Security  Incorporated herein
               Holder's Rights, Obligations  by reference to
               and Options.             Exhibit 5 to the
                                        Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

10(c)(i)       The Company's Executive  Incorporated herein
               Incentive Compensation   by reference to
               Plan.                    Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration
                                        Statement on Form S-14 of The
                                        Turner Corporation, No. 2-90235.

10(c)(ii)      The Company's 1981 Stock Incorporated herein by reference
               Option Plan, as amended. to Exhibit 10(c)(v) to the Company's
                                        1988 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(iii)     The Company's 1986       Incorporated herein by reference
               Stock Option Plan,       to Exhibit 10(c)(vii) to the as amended
               as amended.              Company's 1988 Annual Report on
                                        Form 10-K.

10(c)(iv)      The Company's 1992 Stock Incorporated herein by reference to the
               Option Plan.             Registration Statement on Form S-8.

10(c)(v)       The Company's Incentive  Incorporated herein
               Compensation Plan.       by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(v) to
                                        the Company's 1983 Annual Report
                                        on Form 10-K.

10(c)(vi)      The Company's Retirement Incorporated herein by reference
               Benefit Equalization Plan,to Exhibit 10(c)(vi) to the Company's
               amended and restated as of    1992 Annual Report
               1/22/92.                   on Form 10-K.

10(c)(vii)     The Company's Defined    Incorporated herein
               Contribution Retirement  by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(vii) to
               Equalization Plan.       the Company's 1992 Annual Report
                                        on Form 10-K.
Exhibit No.                             Description

10(c)(viii)    The Company's Supplemental Incorporated herein
               Executive Defined Benefit  by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(viii) to
               Retirement Plan.           the Company's 1992 Annual Report
                                          on Form 10-K.

10(c)(ix)    The Company's Supplemental    Incorporated herein
             Executive Defined Contribution by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to
             Retirement Plan.               the Company's 1992 Annual Report
                                            on Form 10-K.

10(c)(x)       Tax Deferred Savings     Incorporated herein by
               Income Plan amended and  reference to Exhibit 10(c)(ix)
               restated as of 1/1/89.   to the Company's 1991
                                        Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(xi)      Option Exchange and      Incorporated herein by
               Stock Purchase Plan.     reference to Registration Statement
                                        on Form S-8, File No. 33-33867.

10(c)(xii)     Employees' Retirement    Incorporated herein by
               Plan - Restated as of    reference to Exhibit 10(c)(vii)
               1/1/87.                  to the Company's 1991
                                        Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(xiii)    Employees' Retirement    Incorporated herein
               Income Plan as of 4/1/91.     by reference to
                                        Exhibit 10(c)(viii) to
                                        the Company's 1991
                                        Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(d)          Asset Purchase Agreement Incorporated herein
               dated 6/3/92, between    by reference to
               Turner Steiner International  Exhibit 10(d) to
               S.A. and Turner International the Company's 1992
               Industries, Inc., and Turner  Annual Report on Form 10-K.
               International Industries (U.K.)
               Ltd.

10(e)          Joint Venture and Shareholders     Incorporated herein
               Agreement dated 6/3/92 between     by reference to
               The Turner Corporation and Karl    Exhibit 10(e) to
               Steiner Holding AG.      the Company's 1992
                                        Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Exhibit No.                             Description

10(f)          Purchase Agreement dated Incorporated herein
               June 3, 1992 between Karl     by reference to
               Steiner Holding AG and The    Exhibit 1 to the
               Turner Corporation.      Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

10(g)(i)       The Company's Revolving
               Credit Facility dated as of
               12/30/92.

10(g)(ii)      Amendment No. 1 to
               Credit Agreement dated
               as of 12/31/93.

10(h)          Form of Change of Control Agree-
               ment between The Turner Corp-
               oration and Messrs. McNeill,
               Parmelee, Smith and Vumbacco,
               respectively, Chairman,
               President, Chief Financial Officer
               and General Counsel dated
               July 1, 1993.

10(i)          Form of Change of Control
               Agreement with 56 other
               officers of parent or subsidiaries
               dated July 1, 1993.

11             Computation of per share
               earnings.

22             Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
                                   SIGNATURES
                                        
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
                                        
                                   Registrant
                                        
Date:  March 11, 1994                        By:  A. T. McNeill
                                        A. T. McNeill
                                        Chairman of the Board,
                                        Chief Executive Officer
                                        and Director

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.

Name                     Capacity            Date

H. Baumann-Steiner       Director           March 11, 1994
(H. Baumann-Steiner)


H. D. Conant             Director           March 11, 1994
(H. D. Conant)


W. G. Ehlers             Director           March 11, 1994
(W. G. Ehlers)


A. G. Fieger             Director          March 11, 1994
(A. G. Fieger)


E. T. Gravette, Jr.      Director           March 11, 1994
(E. T. Gravette, Jr.)


L. Lomo                  Director            March 11, 1994
(L. Lomo)


E. J. McMahon            Director            March 11, 1994
(E. J. McMahon)
Name                     Capacity            Date

A. T. McNeill           Chairman of the Board,   March 11, 1994
(A. T. McNeill          Chief Executive Officer
                        and Director


C. H. Moore, Jr.        Director                 March 11, 1994
(C. H. Moore, Jr.)


H. J. Parmelee          President and Director   March 11, 1994
(H. J. Parmelee)


D. J. Smith             Senior Vice President    March 11, 1994
(D. J. Smith)           and Chief Financial
                        Officer


P. K. Steiner           Director                March 11, 1994
(P. K. Steiner)


G. A. Walker            Director                March 11, 1994
(G. A. Walker)


J. O. Whitney           Director                March 11, 1994
(J. O. Whitney)


F. W. Zuckerman          Director            March 11, 1994
(F. W. Zuckerman)

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                                        
                                        
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the
incorporation of our report dated March 4, 1994 included in this Form
10-K, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statements on
Form S-8 (File Nos. 2-64509 and 33-33867).



                                    ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.



New York, New York
March 30, 1994
                                        
                                        
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                                        
Exhibit No.        Description

3(a)(i)            Certificate of            Incorporated herein
                Incorporation, as       by reference to
                amended to 7/10/89.     Exhibit 3 to the
                                        Registration Statement
                                        on Form S-14 of The
                                        Turner Corporation,
                                        No. 2-90235.

3(a)(ii)           Amendment dated, 5/19/86  Incorporated herein
3(a)(iii)       Amendment dated, 9/12/88     by reference to
3(a)(iv)        Amendment dated, 7/10/89     Exhibit 3(a) to the
                                        Company's 1989 Annual
                                        Report on Form 10-K.

3(b)            By-Laws, as amended
                to 6/11/93.

3(c)(i)            Certificate of Designations    Incorporated herein
                relating to Series C 8-1/2%  by reference to
                Convertible Preference Stock.     Exhibit 2 to the
                                        Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

3(c)(ii)           Certificate of Designations    Incorporated herein
                relating to Series D 8-1/2%  by reference to
                Convertible Preference Stock.     Exhibit 3 to the
                                        Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

3(c)(iii)       Certificate of Designations  Incorporated herein
                relating to Series E 8-1/2%  by reference to
                Convertible Preference Stock.     Exhibit 4 to the
                                        Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.
Exhibit No.        Description

4(a)            Shareholders Rights     Incorporated herein
                Agreement.                   by reference to the
                                        Registration
                                        Statement on Form 8-A
                                        dated September 9, 1988

4(b)            Agreement regarding Security      Incorporated herein
                Holder's Rights, Obligations by reference to
                and Options.                 Exhibit 5 to the
                                        Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

10(c)(i)        The Company's Executive Incorporated herein
                Incentive Compensation  by reference to
                Plan.                        Exhibit 10.3 to the
                                        Registration Statement
                                        on Form S-14 of The
                                        Turner Corporation, No.
                                         2-90235.

10(c)(ii)       The Company's 1981 Stock     Incorporated herein
                Option Plan, as amended.     by reference to
                                        Exhibit 10(c)(v) to the
                                        Company's 1988 Annual
                                         Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(iii)         The Company's 1986   Incorporated herein by
                Stock Option Plan,      referenceto Exhibit 10(c)(vii)
                as amended.                  to the Company's
                                        1988 Annual Report on
                                         Form 10-K.

10(c)(iv)       The Company's 1992 Stock     Incorporated herein by
                Option Plan.                 reference to the
                                        Registration Statement
                                        on Form S-8.

10(c)(v)        The Company's Incentive      Incorporated herein by
                Compensation Plan.      reference to
                                        the Exhibit 10(c)(v)
                                        to the Company's 1983
                                        Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(vi)   The Company's Retirement  Incorporated herein by reference to
            Benefit Equalization Plan, Exhibit 10(c)(vi) to the Company's 1992
            amended and restated as of Annual Report on Form 10-K.
            1/22/92.

Exhibit No.        Description

10(c)(vii)         The Company's Defined     Incorporated herein by reference to
                Contribution Retirement Exhibit 10(c)(vii) to the Company's 1992
                Equalization Plan.      Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(viii)        The Company's Supplemental     Incorporated herein
                Executive Defined Benefit by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(viii) to
                Retirement Plan.          the Company's 1992 Annual Report
                                          on Form 10-K.

10(c)(ix) The Company's Supplemental     Incorporated herein by reference
          Executive Defined Contribution to Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to the Company's
          Retirement Plan.               1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(c)(x)        Tax Deferred Savings    Incorporated herein by reference to
                Income Plan amended and Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to the Company's
                restated as of 1/1/89.  1991 Annual Report
                                        on Form 10-K.

10(c)(xi)       Option Exchange and     Incorporated herein by
                Stock Purchase Plan.    reference to Registration
                                        Statement on Form S-8,
                                        File No. 33-33867.

10(c)(xii)         Employees' Retirement     Incorporated herein
                Plan - Restated as of   by reference to
                1/1/87.                 Exhibit 10(c)(vii) to
                                        the Company's 1991
                                        Annual Report on Form
                                        10-K.

10(c)(xiii)        Employees' Retirement     Incorporated herein
                Income Plan as of 4/1/91.    by reference to
                                        Exhibit 10(c)(viii) to
                                        the Company's 1991
                                        Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10(d)              Asset Purchase Agreement  Incorporated herein
                dated 6/3/92, between   by reference to
                Turner Steiner International Exhibit 10(d) to
                S.A. and Turner International     the Company's 1992
                Industries, Inc., and Turner Annual Report on Form
                International Industries (U.K.)   10-K.
                Ltd.

10(e)              Joint Venture and Shareholders Incorporated herein
                Agreement dated 6/3/92 between    by reference to
                The Turner Corporation and Karl   Exhibit 10(e) to
                Steiner Holding AG.     the Company's 1992
                                        Annual Report on Form
                                        10-K.
Exhibit No.        Description

10(f)              Purchase Agreement dated  Incorporated herein
                June 3, 1992 between Karl    by reference to
                Steiner Holding AG and The   Exhibit 1 to the
                Turner Corporation.     Company's Form 8-K
                                        dated July 20, 1992.

10(g)(i)        The Company's Revolving
                Credit Facility dated as of
                12/30/92.

10(g)(ii)       Amendment No. 1 to
                Credit Agreement dated
                as of 12/31/93.

10(h)              Form of change Control Agree-
                ment between The Turner Corp-
                oration and Messrs. McNeill,
                Parmelee, Smith and Vumbacco,
                respectively, Chairman, President,
                Chief Financial Officer and General
                Counsel dated July 1, 1993.

10(i)              Form of Change of Control Agree-
                ment with 56 other officers of
                parent or subsidiaries dated
                July 1, 1993.

11              Computation of per share
                earnings.

22              Subsidiaries of the Registrant.


The Turner Corporation By-Laws                         Exhibit 3(b)










                          THE TURNER CORPORATION
                                     
                                     
                                  BY-LAWS
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     











DATED:   JUNE 11, 1993


                          THE TURNER CORPORATION
                                     
                                  BY-LAWS
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                 ARTICLE I
                                     
                         Meetings of Stockholders
                                     
                                     

      Section 1.1  Annual Meetings.  The annual meeting of the stockholders

shall be held each year on such date, and at such time and place (within or

without the State of Delaware) as may be designated by the Board of

Directors.



      Section 1.2  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the stockholders

may be called at any time by the Secretary at the direction of the Board of

Directors, to be held on such date, and at such time and place (within or

without the State of Delaware) as may be designated by the Board of

Directors.



      Section 1.3  Notice of Meeting; Record Date; Quorum; Voting. Notice

of every meeting of stockholders shall be given, and a record date for the

meeting shall be established, in accordance with the General Corporation

Law of the State of Delaware.  The presence at any meeting, in person or by

proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and

outstanding and entitled to vote shall be necessary and sufficient to

constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise

provided by law.  Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes

cast.  Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of  Incorporation of

the Corporation or by law, all other questions shall be determined by a

majority of the votes cast.

                                ARTICLE II

                            Board of Directors

                                     

      Section 2.1  Number.  The number of Directors which shall constitute

the

whole Board of Directors shall be not less than nine nor more than fifteen,

as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors shall consist of twelve Directors until changed as

herein provided.



      Section 2.2  Classification, Election and Term of Office.  The Board

of Directors shall be divided into three classes, which shall be as nearly

equal in number as possible.  Directors shall be elected for three year

terms.  Newly created Directorships resulting from an increase in the

number of  Directors or vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors may

be filled by the Board.  Each Director (whether elected at an annual

meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until

his successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his earlier

death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.



      Section 2.3  Meetings, Quorum and Manner of Acting.  A meeting

("Organization Meeting") of the Board of Directors shall be held for

organization, for the election of officers and for the transaction of such

other business as may properly come before the meeting, within thirty days

after each annual election of Directors.



      The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of

regular meetings and may fix the times and places at which such meetings

shall be held.  Notice of regular meetings shall not be required to be

given, provided that whenever the time or place of regular meetings shall

be fixed or changed, notice of the action shall be mailed promptly to each

Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which the action

was taken, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business.



      Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held upon call by

or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any

Director.  Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each special

meeting shall be mailed to each Director, addressed to him at his residence

or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the

meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegram,

radio, cable, telex, or telecopier, or telephoned or delivered to him

personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is

to be held.  Such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, but

need not state the purpose therefore, unless otherwise required by law.



      Notice of any meeting need not be given to any Director who shall

attend the meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or

after the meeting, in writing.  At each meeting of the Board of Directors

the presence of a majority of the whole Board of Directors as constituted

from time to time shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum

for the transaction of business.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of

those present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting

from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be

held as adjourned without further notice of waiver.  A majority of those

present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question

brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the

Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws.



      Members of the Board of  Directors may participate in a meeting of

the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications

equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can

hear each other, and participation in a meeting in such manner shall

constitute presence in person at the meeting.



      Section 2.4  Action Without a Meeting.  Any action which might have

been taken under these By-Laws by vote of the Directors at a meeting of the

Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the

Board of Directors consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings

are filed with the minutes of the Board of Directors.



      Section 2.5  Resignation of Directors.  Any Director may resign at

any time by giving written notice of such resignation of the Board of

Directors.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall

take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors, and the

acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.



      Section 2.6  Compensation of Directors.  Directors shall receive such

reasonable compensation for their services as such, whether in the form of

salary or a fixed fee for attendance at meetings, with expenses, if any, as

the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Nothing herein

contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the

Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

                                     

                                ARTICLE III

                                 Officers

                                     

      Section 3.1  Officers.  The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman

of the Board, a President, a Chairman of the Executive Committee, one or

more Vice Presidents, a Controller, a Treasurer and a Secretary and, in its

discretion, a Vice Chairman of the Board, one or more Executive Vice

Presidents and one or more Senior Vice Presidents, all of which officers

shall be Executive Officers.  The Board of Directors may, from time to

time, fill vacancies and elect additional Executive Officers and such other

officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant

Controllers, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries) as it may deem

appropriate.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person,

except that the Offices of the President and the Secretary may not be held

by the same person.



      Section 3.2.  Election, Term of Office and Qualifications.  Each

officer (except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the

provisions of Section 3.3) shall be elected by the Board of Directors.

Each such officer shall hold his office until the next Organization Meeting

and until his successor shall have been elected or until his death, or

until he shall have resigned in the manner provided in Section 3.4 or shall

have been removed in the manner provided in Section 3.5.  The Chairman of

the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chairman of the Executive

Committee and the President shall be members of the Board of Directors but

none of the other officers need be a Director.



      Section 3.3  Subordinate Officers and Agents.  The Board of Directors

from time to time may appoint other officers or agents to hold office for

such period, have such authority and perform such duties as may be provided

in the resolutions appointing them.  The Board of Directors may delegate to

any officer or agent the power to appoint any such subordinate officers or

agents and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authorities and

duties.

      Section 3.4  Resignations.  Any officer may resign at any time by

giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, or, in

the case of a subordinate officer appointed in accordance with Section 3.3,

the appointing officer or agent.  Unless otherwise specified in such

written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof  by

the Board of Directors, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be

necessary to make it effective.



      Section 3.5  Removal.  Any officer specifically designated in Section

3.1 may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of

Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in

office. Any officer or agent appointed in accordance with the provisions of

Section 3.3 may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the

Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors

present at such meeting, or at any time by any superior officer or agent

upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board of

Directors.



      Section 3.6  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office by reason of death,

resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled

for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these By-

Laws for regular election or appointment to such office.



      Section 3.7  Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall

preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders,

and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as are given

to him by these By-Laws or as from time to time may be assigned to him by

the Board of Directors.  In the absence or incapacity of the Chairman of

the Board, his duties as Chairman shall be performed by such Executive

Officer as is designated by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of

Directors.

      If the Chairman of the Board has been designated the Chief Executive

Officer, he shall perform the duties and have the powers of the Chief

Executive Officer.



      Section 3.8  Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer

shall have the responsibility for carrying out the policies of the Board of

Directors and, subject to the control of the Board, shall provide general

leadership in matters of policy and planning and have general and active

charge, control and supervision of the business, property and affairs of

the Corporation, and shall determine the duties of and may assign titles to

non-officers.



      The Chairman of the Board is designated as the Chief Executive

Officer.  In his absence or incapacity, the duties and powers of the Chief

Executive Officer shall be performed by such Executive Officer as is

designated by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors.



      Section 3.9  President.  The President shall have such powers and

duties as are given by these By-Laws or as from time to time may be

assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board

if the Chairman has been designated the Chief Executive Officer.



      If the Chairman of the Board has been designated the Chief Executive

Officer, the President shall assist the Chairman of the Board in the

control and supervision of the business, property and affairs of the

Corporation. The President may be designated the Chief Operating Officer of

the Corporation.



      Section 3.10  Chairman of the Executive Committee.  The Chairman of

the Executive Committee shall preside at all meetings of the Executive

Committee.   He shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors

may assign to him.



      Section 3.11  Vice Chairman of the Board.  In the absence or

incapacity of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if

any, shall perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board.  He shall have

such other powers and perform such other duties as are given him by these

By-Laws or as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of

Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer.



      Section 3.12  Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents.

Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents shall have such powers

and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of

Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.



      Section  3.13  Controller.  The Controller shall keep or cause to be

kept full and accurate accounts of the financial transactions of the

Corporation and shall render an account of such transactions whenever

required by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.  He

shall perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the

President may assign to him.



      Section 3.14  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have custody of all the

funds and securities of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties

as the Chief Executive Officer or the President may assign to him.



      Section 3.15  Secretary.  The Secretary shall give all required

notices of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors,

attend and act as Secretary at all meetings of the stockholders, the Board

of Directors and the Executive Committee, keep the records thereof and be

the custodian of the seal of the Corporation.  He shall perform such other

duties as the Chief Executive Officer may assign to him.



      Section 3.16  General Duties of Officers.  Each officer, other than

the Chairman of the Board and the President, in addition to such other

powers and duties as are given to him by these By-Laws, shall perform such

duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by

the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.



                                ARTICLE IV

                                Committees



      Section 4.1  Executive Committee.  At each Organization Meeting, the

Board of Directors shall designate an Executive Committee which shall

consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Chairman of the Executive

Committee, the President and not less than two other Directors.  The

members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of

Directors until the next Organization Meeting.  If any member of the

Committee shall cease to be a member of the Board of Directors, he shall

cease to be a member of the Committee.  If any vacancy in the Committee

shall occur, the remaining members of the Committee, though less than a

quorum, shall continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of

Directors.  The Secretary of the Committee shall be the Secretary of the

Corporation.  The Committee may appoint from its membership other officers

for its own proceedings and adopt rules for the conduct of its business.

Meetings of the Committee shall be held at the call of the Chairman of the

Executive Committee or, in the absence of the Chairman, at the call of any

member of the Committee.  The number of members of the Committee required

for a quorum at any meeting thereof shall be three.



      During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors,

the Executive Committee shall have all the authority of the Board of

Directors, except the authority to submit any matter to stockholders, fill

vacancies in the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board, fix the

compensation as such of Directors and members of committees of Directors,

adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, or amend or repeal any resolution of the

Board of Directors, which, by its terms, prohibits such amendment or

repeal. Action taken at any meeting shall be reported at the next meeting

of the

Board of Directors.



      Section 4.2  Compensation and Stock Option Committee.  At each

Organization Meeting, the Board of Directors shall designate a Compensation

and Stock Option Committee which shall consist of not less than three

Directors who are eligible to serve under the terms of the Executive

Incentive Compensation Plan, Incentive Compensation Plan, 1978 Stock Option

Plan, 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan and such other plans as the Board of

Directors may have adopted and designated the Committee as the committee to

administer the plan.  The members of the Committee shall serve at the

pleasure of the Board of Directors until the next Organization Meeting.  If

any member of the Committee shall cease to be a member of the Board of

Directors, or otherwise becomes ineligible to serve, he shall cease to be a

member of the Committee.



      The Committee shall administer the Executive Incentive Compensation

Plan, Incentive Compensation Plan, 1978 Stock Option Plan, 1981 Incentive

Stock Option Plan and such other plans as the Board of Directors may have

adopted and designated the Committee as the committee to administer the

plan, and approve the salaries of and other compensation paid to all

Executive Officers of the Corporation, except the salaries of the Chairman

of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chairman

of the Executive Committee, a member of this Committee and the

compensation, as such, of Directors and members of committees of Directors,

which shall be approved by the Board of Directors.  Action taken at any

meeting of the Committee shall be reported at the next meeting of the Board

of Directors.



      Section 4.3  Contract Review Committee.  At each Organization

Meeting, the Board of Directors shall designate a Contract Review Committee

which shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the President and other

Executive Officers of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation.

The members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of

Directors until the next Organization Meeting.  If any member of the

Committee shall cease to be an Executive Officer, he shall cease to be a

member of the Committee.  A majority of the members of the Committee, which

majority shall include either the Chairman of the Board or the President,

shall be necessary to constitute a quorum at any meeting.



      The Contract Review Committee shall have authority in respect of

construction contract matters as provided in Section 5.1 of these By-Laws

and shall have such additional authority as may be designated from time to

time by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Action taken by the

Committee shall be reported at the next meeting of the Board of Directors

or the Executive Committee.



      Section 4.4  Audit Committee.  At each Organization Meeting, the

Board of Directors shall designate an Audit Committee which shall consist

of not less than three Directors who are not Executive Officers.  The

members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of

Directors until the next Organization Meeting.  If any member of the

Committee shall cease to be a member of the Board of Directors, or

otherwise becomes ineligible to serve, he shall cease to be a member of the

Committee.



      The Committee shall recommend the firm of independent public

accountants to act as the Corporation's independent auditors, confer with

the Corporation's independent  auditors as to the scope of their proposed

audit, review the findings and recommendations of the independent auditors,

review with the Corporation's internal audit and accounting personnel, the

Corporation's financial controls, procedures and practices, and review the

Corporation's compliance with its operating policy statement.  Action taken

at any meeting of the Committee shall be reported at the next meeting of

the Board of Directors.



      Section 4.5  Nominating Committee. At each Organization Meeting, the

Board of Directors shall designate a Nominating Committee which shall

consist of the Chairman of the Board and not less than two other Directors

neither of whom is an Executive Officer.   The members of the Committee

shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until the next

Organization Meeting.  If any member of the Committee shall cease to be a

member of the Board of Directors, or otherwise becomes ineligible to serve,

he shall cease to be a member of the Committee.



          The Committee shall select and recommend nominees for

directorships to the Board of Directors and review senior management

organizational plans.  Action taken at any meeting of the Committee shall

be reported at the next meeting of the Board of Directors.



      Section 4.6  Other Committees.  The Board of Directors may designate

such other committees as may from time to time be found necessary or

convenient for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation, and

their duties and authority.  Action taken at any meeting of any such

committee shall be reported at the next meeting of the Board of Directors.



      Section 4.7  Actions by Committee Without Meetings.  Any action

required or permitted to be taken by any committee of the Board of

Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee

consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action.



      Section 4.8  Participation in Meetings by Telephone.  Any one or more

of the members of any committee of the Board of Directors may participate

in a meeting of such committee by means of a conference telephone or

similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the

meeting to hear each other at the same time.   Participation by such means

shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

                                 ARTICLE V

                       Execution of Instruments and

                         Deposit of Corporate Funds

                                     

      Section 5.1  Contracts.  The authority to approve contracts for, and

to submit binding proposals with respect to the design, the construction or

the management of the construction of buildings and other projects as

required by the By-Laws of any subsidiary shall be exercised as follows:



      Contracts and proposals having an estimated total cost of $2,000,000

or less by Managers of Special Projects Divisions or other offices of

Turner Construction Company. provided such Managers have been so authorized

by the Contract Review Committee.



      Contracts and proposals having an estimated total cost of $10,000,000

or less by Executive Officers and those Vice Presidents designated as

Construction Executives, in the case of Turner Construction Company, or, in

the case of any other subsidiary, by the Chairman of the Board of such

subsidiary or any other executive officer designated by such Chairman of

the Board, without additional approval or authorization.



      Contracts and proposals having an estimated total cost in excess of

$10,000,000 to $20,000,000 upon the prior approval and authorization by a

Group Vice President, or, in absence, by a Senior Vice President, an

Executive Vice President, the President, the Vice Chairman, or the Chairman

of the Board of Turner Construction Company, or, in the case of any

subsidiary, upon the approval and authorization by the Chairman of the

Board of such subsidiary or any other executive officer designated by such

Chairman.



      Contracts and proposals having an estimated total cost in excess of

$20,000,000, to $25,000,000 in the case of Turner Construction Company,

upon the prior approval and authorization by the President or Chairman of

Turner Construction Company.



      Contracts and proposals having an estimated total cost in excess of

$25,000,000 in the case of Turner Construction Company, or, in excess of

$20,000,000, in the case of any other subsidiary, upon the prior approval

and authorization by the Contract Review Committee.



      All contracts and proposals approved and authorized in accordance

with these By-Laws, shall be reported promptly to the Contract Review

Committee.



      Terms and conditions in contracts and proposals, which may include

those relating to joint ventures, partnerships or other joint undertakings

with others, which the  Contract Review Committee may, from time to time,

specify, relating to the design, the construction or the management of the

construction, required to be approved by the Corporation by the By-Laws of

any subsidiary of the Corporation, shall require the prior approval and

authorization of the Contract Review Committee.



      Any contract for the purchase of materials for and/or for the

subletting of portions of the work covered by a general contract, which

general contract has been properly executed or authorized, may be executed

by, or the execution authorized by, an Executive Officer or Construction

Executive of the Corporation or a subsidiary, providing the consideration

for such material contract or subcontract does not exceed the sum of

$500,000 or in the event such material contract or subcontract provides for

a performance and payment bond by a responsible surety, then $2,000,000.

Where the contract consideration exceeds the foregoing limits, the

execution of the contract shall require the approval (1) in the case of

Turner Construction Company of the Chairman of the Board, or the Vice

Chairman of the Board, or the President, or the Executive Vice President,

or a Group Vice President, or a Senior Vice President, or such other

Executive Officer as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board or the

President, and (2) in the case of any other subsidiary, the Chairman of the

Board.



      Except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors

or the Executive Committee, the By-Laws of all subsidiaries of the

Corporation shall contain contract approval provisions consistent with the

foregoing.



      Section 5.2  Bank Accounts.  Funds of the Corporation not otherwise

employed shall be deposited to its credit in such banks or trust companies

or with such bankers or other depositories and in such general accounts,

payroll accounts, dividend accounts or special accounts as may be

designated by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board,

the President, an Executive Vice President, the Treasurer or any other

Executive Officer authorized so to do by the Board of Directors.



      Section 5.3  Checks and Drafts.  All checks or drafts drawn on the

general accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by any two Executive

Officers or such other persons as may be designated by the Chairman of the

Board, or the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice

President, the Treasurer or any other Executive Officer authorized so to do

by the Board of Directors.



      Checks or drafts drawn on payroll accounts, or dividend accounts, or

special accounts shall be signed by any one Executive Officer or such other

person, or by facsimile signature, as may be designated by the Chairman of

the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice

President, the Treasurer or any other Executive Officer authorized so to do

by the Board of  Directors.



      Section 5.4  Notes and Loans.  Promissory notes, bills of exchange

and/or acceptances, guarantees and loans of Corporation funds must be

signed or, in the case of loans, approved by two Executive Officers, one of

whom shall be either the Chairman of the Board, the President, the

Treasurer or such other Executive Officer as may be designated by the

Chairman of the Board or the President.



      Section 5.5  Other Contracts and Instruments.  All other contracts

and instruments binding the Corporation shall be executed in the name and

on behalf of the Corporation as maybe authorized by the Board of Directors.

Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.



      Section 5.6  Surety Bonds.  The Treasurer, or, in his absence, such

other Executive Officer as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board

or the President, may execute surety bonds and the application therefor in

connection with the requirements of any proposal or contract which has been

properly authorized.



      Section 5.7  Capital Transactions and Investments.  Capital

transactions in excess of $250,000 in the case of the Corporation or Turner

Construction Company and $100,000 in the case of any other subsidiary,

including the purchase or sale of securities, real or personal property or

other investments, not made in the ordinary course of the construction

business of the Corporation or any subsidiary, and acquisitions of or

mergers with other companies shall be authorized by the Board of Directors,

or as otherwise provided in these By-Laws and provided further that, the

Chairman of the Corporation shall have authority to approve capital

transactions in excess of $100,000 but less than $250,000, of any other

subsidiary.  Investments made and disposed of pursuant to or in connection

with the Corporation's case management program shall be authorized by the

Treasurer or such other officer as he or the Chief Executive Officer may

designate.  Investments in, or disposal of, undeveloped or developed real

estate by the Corporation or any subsidiary shall be authorized by the

Board of Directors either specifically or by delegation pursuant to such

procedural policies as may be established from time to time by the Board of

Directors.



      Section 5.8  Electronic Banking.   Electronic banking agreements

entered into in the name of the Corporation must be signed by two Executive

Officers, one of whom shall be either the Chairman of the Board, the

President, the Treasurer or such other Executive Officer as may be

designated by the Chairman of the Board or President.



      All electronic fund transfers must be authorized by two Executive

Officers, one of whom shall be either the Chairman of the Board, the

President, the Treasurer or such other Officers and individuals as may be

designated by the Chairman of the Board or President.



                                ARTICLE VI

                              Corporate Seal

                                     

      Section 6.1  Corporate Seal.  The corporate seal shall be circular in

form and shall bear the name of the Corporation and words and figures

denoting its organization under the laws of the State of Delaware and the

year thereof and otherwise shall be in such form as shall be approved from

time to time by the Board of  Directors.

                                ARTICLE VII

                                Amendments

                                     

      Section 7.1  Amendments.  All By-Laws of the Corporation may be

amended or repealed and new By-Laws may be made, by an affirmative vote of

holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation

entitled to vote, or by an affirmation vote of a majority of the Directors

present at any meeting of the Board of Directors.



                               ARTICLE VIII

                              Indemnification

                                     

      Section 8.1  Indemnification.  The Corporation shall indemnify

Directors or Officers of the Corporation in the manner and to the fullest

extent now or hereafter permitted by law in connection with any threatened,

pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including civil, criminal,

administrative or investigative proceedings) arising out of their service

to the Corporation or to another organization at the Corporation's request.

Persons who are not Directors or Officers of the Corporation may be

similarly

indemnified in respect of such service to the extent authorized at any time

by the Board of Directors.  The provisions of this Section shall be

applicable to actions or proceedings commenced after the adoption hereof,

whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the

adoption hereof, and to persons who have ceased to be Directors, Officers

or employees and shall inure to the benefit of their heirs, executors and

administrators.



  
                                            [CONFORMED COPY]
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                                 $40,000,000
  
  
  
                              CREDIT AGREEMENT
  
  
                                 dated as of
  
  
                              December 30, 1992
  
  
                                    among
  
  
                           The Turner Corporation,
  
                                as Borrower,
  
                        Turner Construction Company,
  
                                as Guarantor,
  
                           The Banks Listed Herein
  
  
                                     and
  
  
                 Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
                                  as Agent
  
  
  
  
    <PAGE>
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS
  
  
  
                                  ARTICLE I
                                 DEFINITIONS
  
  
  
  SECTION 1.01  Definitions..........................   1
       1.02  Accounting Terms and Determinations..     12
       1.03  Types of Borrowings..................     12
  
  
                                 ARTICLE II
                                 THE CREDITS
  
   
  SECTION 2.01  Commitments to Lend..................  13
       2.02  Notice of Borrowings.................     13
       2.03  Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans....     14
       2.04  Notes................................     15
       2.05  Maturity of Loans....................     15
       2.06  Interest Rates.......................     15
       2.07  Fees ................................     20
       2.08  Optional Termination or Reduction of
                Commitments.......................     21
       2.09  Mandatory Termination of
                Commitments.......................     21
       2.10  Optional Prepayments.................     21
       2.11  General Provisions as
               to Payments........................     21
       2.12  Funding Losses.......................     22
       2.13  Computation of Interest and Fees.....     22
       2.14  Withholding Tax Exemption............     23
       2.15  Foreign Withholding Taxes
               and Other Costs....................     23
  
  
                                 ARTICLE III
                                 CONDITIONS
  
  SECTION 3.01  Effectiveness........................  24
       3.02  Borrowings...........................     25
   
  
  
                                 ARTICLE IV
                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                               OF THE BORROWER
  
   
  SECTION 4.01   Corporate Existence and Power.......  26
       4.02   Corporate and Governmental
                Authorization; No Contravention...     26
       4.03   Binding Effect......................     26
       4.04   Financial Information...............     27
       4.05   Litigation..........................     28
       4.06   Compliance with ERISA...............     28
       4.07   Environmental Matters...............     28
       4.08   Compliance with Laws................     28
       4.09   Contractual Arrangements............     28
       4.10   Taxes...............................     29
       4.11   Subsidiaries........................     29
       4.12   Not an Investment Company...........     29
       4.13   Full Disclosure.....................     29
   
  
                                  ARTICLE V
                                  COVENANTS
  
   
  SECTION 5.01   Information.........................  30
       5.02   Payment of Obligations..............     33
       5.03   Maintenance of Property; Insurance..     34
       5.04   Conduct of Business and
                Maintenance of Existence..........     34
       5.05   Compliance with Laws................     34
       5.06   Inspection of Property,
                Books and Records.................     35
       5.07   Current Ratio.......................     36
       5.08   Debt................................     36
       5.09   Minimum Consolidated
                Net Worth.........................     36
       5.10   Fixed Charge Coverage...............     36
       5.11   Cash Flow Restriction...............     36
       5.12   Debt of Guarantor...................     37
       5.13   Clean-up Period.....................     38
       5.14   Investments.........................     38
       5.15   Negative Pledge.....................     39
       5.16   Consolidations, Mergers and
                Sales of Assets...................     40
       5.17   Use of Proceeds.....................     40
  
   
                                 ARTICLE VI
                                  DEFAULTS
   
  SECTION 6.01   Events of Default...................  41
       6.02   Notice of Default...................     43
  
   
                                 ARTICLE VII
                                  THE AGENT
   
  SECTION 7.01   Appointment and Authorization.......  44
       7.02   Agent and Affiliates................     44
       7.03   Action by Agent.....................     44
       7.04   Consultation with Experts...........     44
       7.05   Liability of Agent..................     44
       7.06   Indemnification.....................     45
       7.07   Credit Decision.....................     45
       7.08   Successor Agent.....................     45
       7.09   Agent's Fee.........................     46
  
  
                                ARTICLE VIII
                           CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
  
   
  SECTION 8.01   Basis for Determining Interest
                Rate Inadequate or Unfair.........     46
       8.02   Illegality..........................     46
       8.03   Increased Cost and Reduced Return...     47
       8.04   Base Rate Loans Substituted for
                Affected Fixed Rate Loans.........     49
  
  
                                 ARTICLE IX
                                  GUARANTY
  
  SECTION 9.01   The Guaranty........................  49
       9.02   Guaranty Unconditional..............     49
       9.03   Discharge Only Upon Payment
                In Full; Reinstatement In
                Certain Circumstances.............     50
       9.04   Waiver by the Guarantor.............     51
       9.05   Subrogation.........................     51
       9.06   Stay of Acceleration................     51
       9.07   Limit of Liability..................     51
  
  
                                  ARTICLE X
                                MISCELLANEOUS
  
   
  SECTION 10.01  Notices.............................  51
       10.02  No Waivers..........................     52
       10.03  Expenses; Documentary Taxes
                Indemnification...................     52
       10.04  Sharing of Set-Offs.................     53
       10.05  Amendments and Waivers..............     53
       10.06  Successors and Assigns..............     53
       10.07  Collateral..........................     55
       10.08  Governing Law.......................     55
       10.09  Counterparts; Integration...........     55
       10.10  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL................     55
  
  
  Exhibit A  -   Note
  
  Exhibit B-1-   Opinion of Counsel for the Company
  
  EXHIBIT B-2-   Opinion of General Counsel of
                the Company
  
  Exhibit C  -   Opinion of Special Counsel for the
                Agent
  
  Exhibit D  -   Assignment and Assumption Agreement
  
  Exhibit E  -     Extension Agreement
  
  Schedule A -   Subsidiaries of the Borrower Not
                Engaged in the Real Estate 
                Development Business
  
  Schedule B -   Subsidiaries of the Borrower Engaged
                in the Real Estate Development
                Business
  
  Schedule C -   Designated Joint Ventures and Designated
                Joint Venture Agreements
  
  Annex A -   Waiver dated as of July 29, 1992 to
                the Existing Agreement
  
  Annex B -        Memorandum from R.E. Bailey dated 
                June 24, 1992
    <PAGE>
                              CREDIT AGREEMENT
  
  
         AGREEMENT dated as of December 30, 1992 among THE
  TURNER CORPORATION, as Borrower, TURNER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,
  as Guarantor, the BANKS listed on the signature pages hereof
  and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Agent. 
  
                            W I T N E S S E T H:
  
         WHEREAS, The Turner Corporation has requested that
  the Banks listed on the signature pages hereof make a
  revolving credit facility available to it on the terms and
  conditions set forth herein;
  
         WHEREAS, The Turner Corporation anticipates that a
  significant portion of the proceeds of the facility will be
  used (i) to facilitate the business of its wholly-owned
  subsidiary, Turner Construction Company or (ii) to repay
  borrowings outstanding under the Existing Agreement (as
  defined below) which were guaranteed by Turner Construction
  Company; and
  
         WHEREAS, the banks are not willing to make the
  facility available unless Turner Construction Company
  guarantees the obligations of The Turner Corporation
  hereunder;
  
         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
  
  
                                  ARTICLE I
  
                                 DEFINITIONS
  
  
         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.  The following terms, as
  used herein, have the following meanings:
  
         "Adjusted CD Rate" has the meaning set forth in
  Section 2.06(b). 
  
         "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" has the
  meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c). 
  
         "Administrative Questionnaire" means, with respect
  to each Bank, an administrative questionnaire in the form
  prepared by the Agent and submitted to the Agent (with a copy
  to the Borrower) duly completed by such Bank. 
  
         "Agent" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
  York in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder, and its
  successors in such capacity. 
  
         "Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to
  any Bank, (i) in the case of its Domestic Loans, its Domestic
  Lending Office and (ii) in the case of its Euro-Dollar Loans,
  its Euro-Dollar Lending Office. 
  
         "Assessment Rate" has the meaning set forth in
  Section 2.06(b). 
  
         "Assets Attributable to Minority Interests" at any
  date means, with respect to any asset that (i) would be
  reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
  and its Consolidated Subsidiaries if such balance sheet were
  prepared as of such date and (ii) is owned by a Consolidated
  Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Borrower, a
  percentage of the amount of such asset that would be reflected
  on such balance sheet that is equal to the percentage of the
  equity of such Consolidated Subsidiary that would be reflected
  as a minority interest on such balance sheet. 
  
         "Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section
  10.06(c). 
  
         "Backlog Earnings" with respect to any construction
  project on any date means that portion of the Backlog Volume
  with respect to such construction project as of such date that
  is attributable to earnings expected to be realized after such
  date from a contract theretofore obtained but not yet
  completed with respect to such construction project. 
  
         "Backlog Volume" with respect to any construction
  project on any date means construction costs expected to be
  incurred in respect of, and earnings expected to be realized
  from, a contract theretofore obtained but not yet completed
  with respect to such construction project, in each case as of
  such date. 
  
         "Bank" means each bank listed on the signature pages
  hereof, each Assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to Section
  10.06(c), and their respective successors. 
  
         "Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum
  equal to the higher of (i) the Prime Rate for such day and
  (ii) the sum of 1/2 of 1% plus the Federal Funds Rate for such
  day. 
  
         "Base Rate Loan" means a loan to be made by a Bank
  as a Base Rate Loan in accordance with the applicable Notice
  of Borrowing or pursuant to Article VIII. 
  
         "Base Rate Margin" has the meaning set forth in
  Section 2.06(a).
  
         "Benefit Arrangement" means at any time an employee
  benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which
  is not a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained
  or otherwise contributed to by any member of the ERISA Group. 
  
         "Borrower" means The Turner Corporation, a Delaware
  corporation, and its successors. 
  
         "Borrower's 1991 Form 10-K" means the Borrower's
  annual report on Form 10-K for 1991, as filed with the
  Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities
  Exchange Act of 1934. 
  
         "Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section
  1.03. 
  
         "CD Base Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section
  2.06(b). 
  
         "CD Loan" means a loan to be made by a Bank as a CD
  Loan in accordance with the applicable Notice of Borrowing. 
  
         "CD Margin" has the meaning set forth in Section
  2.06(b). 
  
         "CD Reference Banks" means The Bank of New York,
  Chemical Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York. 
  
         "Commitment" means, with respect to each Bank, the
  amount set forth opposite the name of such Bank on the
  signature pages hereof, as such amount may be reduced from
  time to time pursuant to Sections 2.08 and 2.09. 
  
         "Consolidated Adjusted Current Assets" means at any
  date the consolidated current assets of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries determined as of such date on the
  assumption that all real estate of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries which on such date is held for sale
  is a current asset. 
  
         "Consolidated Adjusted Current Liabilities" means at
  any date (i) the consolidated current liabilities of the
  Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (ii) the
  current liabilities of any Person (other than the Borrower or
  a Consolidated Subsidiary) which are Guaranteed by the
  Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary, all determined as of
  such date on the assumption that consolidated current
  liabilities includes all obligations of the Borrower or a
  Consolidated Subsidiary of which the Borrower reasonably
  expects the obligor would be relieved (by discharge,
  assumption by a third party or otherwise) upon the sale of
  real estate which on such date is held for sale. 
  
         "Consolidated Adjusted Net Worth" means at any date
  the consolidated stockholders' equity of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined as of such date, minus
  the amount of any investment in any joint venture, partnership
  or other joint enterprise (except a Designated Joint Venture
  or a Joint General Contractor Arrangement) that would be
  reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
  its Consolidated Subsidiaries if such balance sheet were
  prepared as of such date. 
  
         "Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets" means at any
  date the total consolidated assets of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined as of such date, after
  deducting therefrom (i) Assets Attributable to Minority
  Interests and (ii) treasury stock, goodwill, trademarks, trade
  names, patents and deferred charges, unamortized debt discount
  and all other intangible assets of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries. 
  
         "Consolidated Debt" means at any date the Debt of
  the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined on a
  consolidated basis as of such date. 
  
         "Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any
  Subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be
  consolidated with those of the Borrower in its consolidated
  financial statements if such statements were prepared as of
  such date. 
  
         "Debt" of any Person means at any date, without
  duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed
  money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
  debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all
  obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price
  of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising
  in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all obligations of
  such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with
  generally accepted accounting principles, (v) all
  non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse or
  prepay any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid or
  payable under a letter of credit, banker's acceptance or
  similar instrument, (vi) all other obligations of such Person
  that are secured by a Lien or Liens on assets of such Person,
  (vii) all Debt of others secured by a Lien on any asset of
  such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such
  Person, and (viii) all Debt of others Guaranteed by such
  Person. 
  
         "Default" means any condition or event which
  constitutes an Event of Default or which with the giving of
  notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived,
  become an Event of Default. 
  
         "Designated Joint Venture" means any joint venture
  listed on Schedule C hereto. 
  
         "Designated Joint Venture Agreement" means any
  agreement listed on Schedule C hereto. 
  
         "Domestic Business Day" means any day except a
  Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New
  York City are authorized by law to close. 
  
         "Domestic Lending Office" means, as to each Bank,
  its office located at its address set forth in its
  Administrative Questionnaire (or identified in its
  Administrative Questionnaire as its Domestic Lending Office)
  or such other office as such Bank may hereafter designate as
  its Domestic Lending Office by notice to the Borrower and the
  Agent; provided that any Bank may so designate separate
  Domestic Lending Offices for its Base Rate Loans, on the one
  hand, and its CD Loans, on the other hand, in which case all
  references herein to the Domestic Lending Office of such Bank
  shall be deemed to refer to either or both of such offices, as
  the context may require. 
  
         "Domestic Loans"  means CD Loans or Base Rate Loans
  or both. 
  
         "Domestic Reserve Percentage" has the meaning set
  forth in Section 2.06(b). 
  
         "Effective Date" means the date this Agreement
  becomes effective in accordance with Section 3.01. 
  
         "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal,
  state, local and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions,
  regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees,
  plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises,
  licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions
  relating to the environment, the effect of the environment on
  human health or to emissions, discharges or releases of
  pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances or wastes into
  the environment including, without limitation, ambient air,
  surface water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to
  the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment,
  storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants,
  contaminants, Hazardous Substances or wastes or the clean-up
  or other remediation thereof. 
  
         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income
  Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor statute. 
  
         "ERISA Group" means the Borrower or any Subsidiary
  and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all
  trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under
  common control which, together with the Borrower or any
  Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under Section 414
  of the Internal Revenue Code. 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic
  Business Day on which commercial banks are open for
  international business (including dealings in dollar deposits)
  in London. 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Lending Office" means, as to each Bank,
  its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set
  forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (or identified in
  its Administrative Questionnaire as its Euro-Dollar Lending
  Office) or such other office, branch or affiliate of such Bank
  as it may hereafter designate as its Euro-Dollar Lending
  Office by notice to the Borrower and the Agent. 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Loan" means a loan to be made by a Bank
  as a Euro-Dollar Loan in accordance with the applicable Notice
  of Borrowing. 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Margin" has the meaning set forth in
  Section 2.06(c). 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Reference Banks" means the principal
  London offices of The Bank of New York, Chemical Bank and
  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York. 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning set
  forth in Section 2.06(c). 
  
         "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in
  Section 6.01. 
  
         "Existing Agreement" means the Credit Agreement
  dated as of June 19, 1990 among The Turner Corporation, Turner
  Construction Company, the Banks listed therein and Morgan
  Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent.
  
         "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate
  per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest
  1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on
  overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
  Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on
  such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
  on the Domestic Business Day next succeeding such day,
  provided that (i) if such day is not a Domestic Business Day,
  the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such
  transactions on the next preceding Domestic Business Day as so
  published on the next succeeding Domestic Business Day, and
  (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding
  Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day
  shall be the average rate quoted to Morgan Guaranty Trust
  Company of New York on such day on such transactions as
  determined by the Agent. 
  
         "Fixed Charge Ratio" for any period means Income
  Available for Fixed Charges for such period divided by Fixed
  Charges for such period. 
  
         "Fixed Charges" for any period means interest
  expense (including interest expense under capital leases) and
  rental expense under operating leases, to the extent deducted
  in determining the consolidated net income of the Borrower and
  its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period. 
  
         "Fixed Rate Loans" means CD Loans or Euro-Dollar
  Loans or any combination of the foregoing. 
  
         "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation,
  contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly
  guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and, without
  limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation,
  direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
  (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
  purchase or payment of) such Debt (whether arising by virtue
  of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to
  purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to
  take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or
  otherwise) or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in
  any other manner the obligee of such Debt of the payment
  thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect
  thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term
  Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or
  deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term
  "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
  
         "Guarantor" means Turner Construction Company, a New
  York corporation, and its successors. 
  
         "Hazardous Substances" means any toxic, radioactive,
  caustic or otherwise hazardous substances, including
  petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other
  hydrocarbons, or any substance having any constituent elements
  displaying any of the foregoing characteristics. 
  
         "Income Available for Fixed Charges" for any period
  means the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, plus (to the extent
  deducted in determining such consolidated net income) income
  taxes and Fixed Charges. 
  
         "Indemnitee" has the meaning set forth in Section
  9.03(b). 
  
         "Interest Period" means:  (1) with respect to each
  Euro-Dollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of
  such Borrowing and ending 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as
  the Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing;
  provided that:
  
         (a)  any Interest Period which would otherwise end
    on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be
    extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day
    unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in another
    calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall
    end on the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day;
  
         (b)  any Interest Period which begins on the last
    Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day
    for which there is no numerically corresponding day in
    the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
    shall, subject to clause (c) below, end on the last
    Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month; and
  
         (c)  any Interest Period which begins before the
    Termination Date and would otherwise end after the
    Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date. 
  
  (2)  with respect to each CD Borrowing, the period commencing
  on the date of such Borrowing and ending 30, 60, 90 or 180
  days thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable
  Notice of Borrowing; provided that:
  
         (a)  any Interest Period (other than an Interest
    Period determined pursuant to clause (b) below) which
    would otherwise end on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar
    Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
    Euro-Dollar Business Day; and
  
         (b)  any Interest Period which begins before the
    Termination Date and would otherwise end after the
    Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date. 
  
  (3)  with respect to each Base Rate Borrowing, the period
  commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending 30 days
  thereafter; provided that:
  
         (a)  any Interest Period (other than an Interest
    Period determined pursuant to clause (b) below) which
    would otherwise end on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar
    Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
    Euro-Dollar Business Day; and
  
         (b)  any Interest Period which begins before the
    Termination Date and would otherwise end after the
    Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date. 
  
         "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue
  Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute. 
  
         "Investment" means any investment in any Person,
  whether by means of share purchase, capital contribution,
  loan, time deposit or otherwise. 
  
         "Joint General Contractor Arrangement" means an
  arrangement pursuant to which a Subsidiary of the Borrower
  engaged in the construction business and one or more other
  entities act as co-general contractors or co-construction
  managers or in a similar capacity with respect to a specific
  construction project or group of construction projects;
  provided that such arrangement does not involve an Investment
  in real property by the Borrower, such Subsidiary or any such
  other entity. 
  
         "Leverage Ratio" means at any date Consolidated Debt
  at such date divided by Consolidated Adjusted Net Worth at
  such date. 
  
         "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any
  mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or
  encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset.  For the
  purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower or any Subsidiary
  shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it
  has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or
  lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or
  other title retention agreement relating to such asset. 
  
         "Loan" means a Domestic Loan or a Euro-Dollar Loan
  and "Loans" means Domestic Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans or any
  combination of the foregoing. 
  
         "London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set
  forth in Section 2.06(c). 
  
         "Material Debt" means Debt (other than the Notes) of
  the Borrower and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, arising
  in one or more related or unrelated transactions, in an
  aggregate principal amount exceeding $1,000,000. 
  
         "Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans
  having aggregate Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $5,000,000.
  
         "Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee
  pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3)
  of ERISA to which any member of the ERISA Group is then making
  or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within
  the preceding five plan years made contributions, including
  for these purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of
  the ERISA Group during such five year period. 
  
         "Notes" means promissory notes of the Borrower,
  substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing the
  obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans, and "Note"
  means any one of such promissory notes issued hereunder. 
  
         "Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in
  Section 2.02. 
  
         "Parent" means, with respect to any Bank, any Person
  controlling such Bank. 
  
         "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section
  10.06(b). 
  
         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty
  Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its
  functions under ERISA. 
  
         "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a
  partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity or
  organization, including a government or political subdivision
  or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 
  
         "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit
  plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by
  Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards
  under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code and either (i)
  is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA
  Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii)
  has at any time within the preceding five years been
  maintained, or contributed to, by any Person which was at such
  time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any Person
  which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group. 
  
         "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly
  announced by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in New
  York City from time to time as its Prime Rate. 
  
         "Reference Banks" means the CD Reference Banks or
  the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks, as the context may require,
  and "Reference Bank" means any one of such Reference Banks. 
  
         "Refunding Borrowing" means a Borrowing which, after
  application of the proceeds thereof, results in no net
  increase in the outstanding principal amount of Loans made by
  any Bank to the Borrower. 
  
         "Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of
  Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from
  time to time. 
  
         "Required Banks" means at any time Banks having at
  least 66 2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or,
  if the Commitments shall have been terminated, holding Notes
  evidencing at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal
  amount of the Loans. 
  
         "Rickenbacker Guaranty" means the amended and
  restated Guaranty dated as of November 1, 1992 from the
  Guarantor and the Borrower to Bank One, Columbus, N.A.
  pursuant to which the Borrower and the Guarantor have agreed
  to guarantee certain obligations of Rickenbacker Holdings,
  Inc., as amended from time to time. 
  
         "Rickenbacker Loan Agreement" means the amended and
  restated Loan Agreement dated as of November 1, 1992 between
  Rickenbacker Port Authority and Rickenbacker Holdings, Inc.,
  as amended from time to time. 
  
         "Schedule A Subsidiary" means any corporation set
  forth on Schedule A hereto. 
  
         "Schedule B Subsidiary" means any corporation set
  forth on Schedule B hereto. 
  
         "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity
  of which securities or other ownership interests having
  ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
  directors or other persons performing similar functions are at
  the time directly or indirectly owned by the Borrower. 
  
         "Temporary Cash Investment" means any Investment in
  (i) direct obligations of the United States or any agency
  thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any
  agency thereof, (ii) obligations of any state or municipality,
  or any agency or instrumentality thereof, that are rated at
  least AA or SP-1 by Standard & Poor's Corporation or Aa or
  MIG-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., (iii) commercial
  paper rated, or money market preferred stock issued by Persons
  whose commercial paper is rated, at least A-1 by Standard &
  Poor's Corporation or P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,
  (iv) time deposits with, including certificates of deposit
  issued by, or banker's acceptances issued by, any office of
  any bank or trust company which (A) is organized under the
  laws of the United States or any state thereof, Japan or a
  country that is a member of the European Economic Community
  and (B) has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating
  at least $50,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in foreign
  currency) or (v) repurchase agreements with respect to
  securities described in clause (i) above entered into with an
  office of a bank or trust company meeting the criteria
  specified in clause (iv) above, provided in each case that
  such Investment matures within one year from the date of
  acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary. 
  
         "Termination Date" means December 30, 1995, or
  December 30, 1996 if the term of this Agreement shall have
  been extended pursuant to Section 2.01(b), or, if such day is
  not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, the next succeeding
  Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day
  falls in another calendar month, in which case the Termination
  Date shall be the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day. 
  
         "Turner Development" means Turner Development
  Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors. 
  
         "Turner Investment Corporation" means Turner
  Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its
  successors.
  
         "Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any
  Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the value
  of all benefit liabilities under such Plan, determined on a
  plan termination basis using the assumptions prescribed by the
  PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds (ii) the
  fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such
  liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued but
  unpaid contributions), all determined as of the then most
  recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent
  that such excess represents a potential liability of a member
  of the ERISA Group to the PBGC or any other Person under Title
  IV of ERISA. 
  
         SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations. 
  Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used
  herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
  hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required
  to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with
  generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from
  time to time, applied on a basis consistent (except for
  changes concurred in by the Borrower's independent public
  accountants) with the most recent audited consolidated
  financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated
  Subsidiaries delivered to the Banks. 
  
         SECTION 1.03.  Types of Borrowings.  The term
  "Borrowing" denotes the aggregation of Loans of one or more
  Banks to be made to the Borrower pursuant to Article II on a
  single date and for a single Interest Period.  Borrowings are
  classified for purposes of this Agreement by reference to the
  pricing of Loans comprising such Borrowing (e.g., a
  "Euro-Dollar Borrowing" is a Borrowing comprised of
  Euro-Dollar Loans). 
  
  
                                 ARTICLE II
  
                                 THE CREDITS
  
  
         SECTION 2.01.  Commitments to Lend.   (a)  Each Bank
  severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in
  this Agreement, to make loans to the Borrower from time to
  time prior to the Termination Date; provided that the
  aggregate principal amount of Loans by such Bank at any one
  time outstanding shall not exceed the amount of its
  Commitment.  Each Borrowing hereunder shall be in an aggregate
  principal amount of $5,000,000 or any larger multiple of
  $1,000,000 (except that any Borrowing may be in the aggregate
  unused amount of the Commitments) and shall be made from the
  several Banks ratably in proportion to their respective
  Commitments.   Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may
  borrow, repay, or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.10,
  prepay Loans and reborrow at any time prior to the Termination
  Date. 
  
         (b)  The term of this Agreement may be extended, in
  the manner set forth in this subsection (b), on December 30,
  1993 (the "Extension Date") for a period of one year after the
  date on which it would otherwise have expired.  If the
  Borrower wishes to request an extension of the term of this
  Agreement on the Extension Date, it shall give written notice
  to that effect to the Agent not less than 60 nor more than 90
  days prior to the Extension Date, whereupon the Agent shall
  notify each of the Banks of such notice.  Each Bank will use
  its best efforts to respond to such request, whether
  affirmatively or negatively, within 30 days after receiving
  notice from the Agent.  If all Banks respond affirmatively,
  then, subject to receipt by the Agent prior to the Extension
  Date of counterparts of an Extension Agreement in
  substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto duly completed and
  signed by all of the parties hereto, the term of this
  Agreement shall be extended, effective on the Extension Date,
  to December 30, 1996.
  
         SECTION 2.02.  Notice of Borrowings.  The Borrower
  shall give the Agent notice (a "Notice of Borrowing") not
  later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on (x) the date of
  each Base Rate Borrowing, (y) the second Domestic Business Day
  before each CD Borrowing and (z) the third Euro-Dollar
  Business Day before each Euro-Dollar Borrowing, specifying:
  
         (i)  the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a
    Domestic Business Day in the case of a Domestic Borrowing
    or a Euro-Dollar Business Day in the case of a
    Euro-Dollar Borrowing,
  
        (ii)  the aggregate amount of such Borrowing,
  
       (iii)  whether the Loans comprising such Borrowing are
    to be CD Loans, Base Rate Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, and
  
        (iv)  in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, the
    duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto,
    subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest
    Period. 
  
         SECTION 2.03.  Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans. 
  (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall
  promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such
  Bank's ratable share of such Borrowing and such Notice of
  Borrowing shall not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower. 
  
         (b)  Not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time)
  on the date of each Borrowing, each Bank shall (except as
  provided in subsection (c) of this Section) make available its
  ratable share of such Borrowing, in Federal or other funds
  immediately available in New York City, to the Agent at its
  address specified in or pursuant to Section 10.01.  Unless the
  Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in
  Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will make the
  funds so received from the Banks available to the Borrower at
  the Agent's aforesaid address. 
  
         (c)  If any Bank makes a new Loan hereunder on a day
  on which the Borrower is to repay all or any part of an
  outstanding Loan from such Bank, such Bank shall apply the
  proceeds of its new Loan to make such repayment and only an
  amount equal to the difference (if any) between the amount
  being borrowed by the Borrower and the amount being repaid
  shall be made available by such Bank to the Agent as provided
  in subsection (b) of this Section, or remitted by the Borrower
  to the Agent as provided in Section 2.11, as the case may be. 
  
         (d)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice
  from a Bank prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Bank
  will not make available to the Agent such Bank's share of such
  Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made such
  share available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in
  accordance with subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 2.03
  and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make
  available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. 
  If and to the extent that such Bank shall not have so made
  such share available to the Agent, such Bank and the Borrower
  severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such
  corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each
  day from the date such amount is made available to the
  Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at
  (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the
  higher of the Federal Funds Rate and the interest rate
  applicable to such Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.06 and (ii)
  in the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such
  Bank shall repay to the Agent such corresponding amount, such
  amount so repaid shall constitute such Bank's Loan included in
  such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 2.04.  Notes.  (a)  The Loans of each Bank
  shall be evidenced by a single Note payable to the order of
  such Bank for the account of its Applicable Lending Office in
  an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
  such Bank's Loans. 
  
         (b)  Each Bank may, by notice to the Borrower and
  the Agent, request that its Loans of a particular type be
  evidenced by a separate Note in an amount equal to the
  aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Loans.  Each such
  Note shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto
  with appropriate modifications to reflect the fact that it
  evidences solely Loans of the relevant type.  Each reference
  in this Agreement to a "Note" or the "Notes" of such Bank
  shall be deemed to refer to and include any or all of such
  Notes, as the context may require. 
  
         (c)  Upon receipt of each Bank's Note pursuant to
  Section 3.01(b), the Agent shall mail such Note to such Bank. 
  Each Bank shall record the date, amount, type and maturity of
  each Loan made by it and the date and amount of each payment
  of principal made with respect thereto, and prior to any
  transfer of its Note shall endorse on the schedule forming a
  part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing
  information with respect to each such Loan then outstanding,
  which endorsements shall be, in the absence of manifest error,
  presumptive evidence of the amount of Loans outstanding at the
  time of such transfer; provided that the failure of any Bank
  to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect
  the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes. 
  Each Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Borrower so
  to endorse its Notes and to attach to and make a part of any
  Note a continuation of any such schedule as and when required.
  
         SECTION 2.05.  Maturity of Loans.  Each Loan
  included in any Borrowing shall mature, and the principal
  amount thereof shall be due and payable, on the last day of
  the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing. 
  
         SECTION 2.06.  Interest Rates.  (a)  Each Base Rate
  Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount
  thereof, for each day from the date such Loan is made until it
  becomes due, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Base
  Rate Margin for such day plus the Base Rate for such day. 
  Such interest shall be payable for each Interest Period on the
  last day thereof.  Any overdue principal of or interest on any
  Base Rate Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for
  each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of
  2.75% plus the Base Rate for such day.  The "Base Rate Margin"
  for any day means:
  
         (i) .25% if, at least one Domestic Business Day
    prior to such day, the Borrower has delivered all
    financial statements and certificates required to be
    delivered before such day pursuant to Section 5.01(a)
    through (g), and (A) the Fixed Charge Ratio for the most
    recent fiscal quarter with respect to which a certificate
    has been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(g), as set
    forth on such certificate, is greater than or equal to
    1.9 to 1 and (B) Consolidated Adjusted Net Worth as of
    the last day of such fiscal quarter, as set forth on such
    certificate, is greater than or equal to $75,000,000;
  
         (ii) .5% if one or more of the conditions specified
    in the foregoing clause (i) are not met and, at least one
    Domestic Business Day prior to such day, the Borrower has
    delivered all financial statements and certificates
    required to be delivered on or before such day pursuant
    to Section 5.01(a) through (g), and (A) the Fixed Charge
    Ratio for the most recent fiscal quarter with respect to
    which a certificate has been delivered pursuant to
    Section 5.01(g), as set forth on such certificate, is
    greater than or equal to 1.6 to 1 and (B) Consolidated
    Adjusted Net Worth as of the last day of such fiscal
    quarter, as set forth on such certificate, is greater
    than or equal to $65,000,000; or
  
         (iii) .75% for all other days.
  
         (b)  Each CD Loan shall bear interest on the
  outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during the
  Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal
  to the sum of the CD Margin for such day plus the applicable
  Adjusted CD Rate; provided that if any CD Loan or any portion
  thereof shall, as a result of clause (2)(b) of the definition
  of Interest Period, have an Interest Period of less than 30
  days, such portion shall bear interest for each day during
  such Interest Period at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans
  for such day.  Such interest shall be payable for each
  Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such Interest
  Period is longer than 90 days, 90 days after the first day
  thereof.  Any overdue principal of or interest on any CD Loan
  shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until
  paid at a rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) the sum of
  4.375% plus the Adjusted CD Rate applicable to such Loan and
  (ii) the sum of 2.75% plus the Base Rate for such day. 
  
         The applicable "CD Margin" for any day means:
  
         (i) 1.875% if, at least one Domestic Business Day
    prior to such day, the Borrower has delivered all
    financial statements and certificates required to be
    delivered on or before such day pursuant to Section
    5.01(a) through (g), and (A) the Fixed Charge Ratio for
    the most recent fiscal quarter with respect to which a
    certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section
    5.01(g), as set forth on such certificate, is greater
    than or equal to 1.9 to 1 and (B) Consolidated Adjusted
    Net Worth as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, as
    set forth on such certificate, is greater than or equal
    to $75,000,000;
  
         (ii) 2.125% if one or more of the conditions
    specified in the foregoing clause (i) are not met and, at
    least one Domestic Business Day prior to such day, the
    Borrower has delivered all financial statements and
    certificates required to be delivered on or before such
    day pursuant to Section 5.01(a) through (g), and (A) the
    Fixed Charge Ratio for the most recent fiscal quarter
    with respect to which a certificate has been delivered
    pursuant to Section 5.01(g), as set forth on such
    certificate, is greater than or equal to 1.6 to 1 and (B)
    Consolidated Adjusted Net Worth as of the last day of
    such fiscal quarter, as set forth on such certificate, is
    greater than or equal to $65,000,000; or
  
         (iii) 2.375% for all other days.
  
         The "Adjusted CD Rate" applicable to any Interest
  Period means a rate per annum determined pursuant to the
  following formula:
  
  
                  [ CDBR       ]*
        ACDR   =  [ ---------- ]  + AR
                  [ 1.00 - DRP ]
  
        ACDR   =  Adjusted CD Rate
        CDBR   =  CD Base Rate
         DRP   =  Domestic Reserve Percentage
         AR    =  Assessment Rate
  
    __________
    *  The amount in brackets being rounded upward, if
    necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%
  
  
         The "CD Base Rate" applicable to any Interest Period
  is the rate of interest determined by the Agent to be the
  average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher
  1/100 of 1%) of the prevailing rates per annum bid at 10:00
  A.M. (New York City time) (or as soon thereafter as
  practicable) on the first day of such Interest Period by two
  or more New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized
  standing for the purchase at face value from each CD Reference
  Bank of its certificates of deposit in an amount comparable to
  the principal amount of the CD Loan of such CD Reference Bank
  to which such Interest Period applies and having a maturity
  comparable to such Interest Period. 
  
         "Domestic Reserve Percentage" means for any day that
  percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such
  day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal
  Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum
  reserve requirement (including without limitation any basic,
  supplemental or emergency reserves) for a member bank of the
  Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits
  exceeding five billion dollars in respect of new non-personal
  time deposits in dollars in New York City having a maturity
  comparable to the related Interest Period and in an amount of
  $100,000 or more.  The Adjusted CD Rate shall be adjusted
  automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in
  the Domestic Reserve Percentage. 
  
         "Assessment Rate" means for any Interest Period the
  net annual assessment rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to
  the next higher 1/100 of 1%) actually incurred by Morgan
  Guaranty Trust Company of New York to the Federal Deposit
  Insurance Corporation (or any successor) for such
  Corporation's (or such successor's) insuring time deposits at
  offices of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in the
  United States during the most recent period for which such
  rate has been determined prior to the commencement of such
  Interest Period. 
  
         (c)  Each Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest on
  the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during
  the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum
  equal to the sum of the Euro-Dollar Margin for such day plus
  the applicable Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate.  Such
  interest shall be payable for each Interest Period on the last
  day thereof and, if such Interest Period is longer than three
  months, three months after the first day thereof. 
  
         The "Euro-Dollar Margin" for any day means: 
  
         (i) 1.75% if, at least one Domestic Business Day
    prior to such day, the Borrower has delivered all
    financial statements and certificates required to be
    delivered before such day pursuant to Section 5.01(a)
    through (g), (A) the Fixed Charge Ratio for the most
    recent fiscal quarter with respect to which a certificate
    has been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(g), as set
    forth on such certificate, is greater than or equal to
    1.9 to 1 and (B) Consolidated Adjusted Net Worth as of
    the last day of such fiscal quarter, as set forth on such
    certificate, is greater than or equal to $75,000,000;
  
         (ii) 2% if one or more of the conditions specified
    in the foregoing clause (i) are not met and, at least one
    Domestic Business Day prior to such day, the Borrower has
    delivered all financial statements and certificates
    required to be delivered before such day pursuant to
    Section 5.01(a) through (g), (A) the Fixed Charge Ratio
    for the most recent fiscal quarter with respect to which
    a certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section
    5.01(g), as set forth on such certificate, is greater
    than or equal to 1.6 to 1 and (B) Consolidated Adjusted
    Net Worth as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, as
    set forth on such certificate, is greater than or equal
    to $65,000,000; or
  
         (iii) 2.25% for all other days.
  
         The "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate"
  applicable to any Interest Period means a rate per annum equal
  to the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary, to the
  next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) the applicable London
  Interbank Offered Rate by (ii) 1.00 minus the Euro-Dollar
  Reserve Percentage. 
  
         The "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to
  any Interest Period means the average (rounded upward, if
  necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%) of the respective
  rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered to
  each of the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks in the London
  interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two
  Euro-Dollar Business Days before the first day of such
  Interest Period in an amount approximately equal to the
  principal amount of the Euro-Dollar Loan of such Euro-Dollar
  Reference Bank to which such Interest Period is to apply and
  for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period. 
  
         "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day
  that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on
  such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the
  Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the
  maximum reserve requirement for a member bank of the Federal
  Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding five
  billion dollars in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or
  in respect of any other category of liabilities which includes
  deposits by reference to which the interest rate on
  Euro-Dollar Loans is determined or any category of extensions
  of credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-United
  States office of any Bank to United States residents).  The
  Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate shall be adjusted
  automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in
  the Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage. 
  
         (d)  Any overdue principal of or interest on any
  Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for
  each day from and including the date payment thereof was due
  to but excluding the date of actual payment, at a rate per
  annum equal to the sum of 4.25% plus the higher of (i) the
  Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to such Loan
  and (ii) the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary,
  to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (x) the average
  (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%)
  of the respective rates per annum at which one day (or, if
  such amount due remains unpaid more than three Euro-Dollar
  Business Days, then for such other period of time not longer
  than three months as the Agent may select) deposits in dollars
  in an amount approximately equal to such overdue payment due
  to each of the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks are offered to such
  Euro-Dollar Reference Bank in the London interbank market for
  the applicable period determined as provided above by (y) 1.00
  minus the Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage (or, if the
  circumstances described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 8.01
  shall exist, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2.75%
  plus the Base Rate for such day). 
  
         (e)  The Agent shall determine each interest rate
  applicable to the Loans hereunder.  The Agent shall give
  prompt notice to the Borrower and the participating Banks by
  telex or cable of each rate of interest so determined, and its
  determination thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of
  manifest error. 
  
         (f)  Each Reference Bank agrees to use its best
  efforts to furnish quotations to the Agent as contemplated
  hereby.  If any Reference Bank does not furnish a timely
  quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant interest
  rate on the basis of the quotation or quotations furnished by
  the remaining Reference Bank or Banks or, if none of such
  quotations is available on a timely basis, the provisions of
  Section 8.01 shall apply. 
  
         SECTION 2.07.  Fees. 
  
         (a)  Commitment Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to the
  Agent for the account of each Bank a commitment fee at the
  rate of 1/2 of 1% per annum on the unused portion of such
  Bank's Commitment.  Such commitment fee shall accrue from and
  including the Effective Date to but excluding the Termination
  Date.  Accrued fees under this Section shall be payable
  quarterly on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
  31 and on the Termination Date. 
  
         (b)  Participation Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to
  the Agent on the Effective Date, for the account of the Banks
  in proportion to their respective Commitments, participation
  fees in an amount equal to 1/4 of 1% of the aggregate amount
  of the Commitments. 
  
         SECTION 2.08.  Optional Termination or Reduction of
  Commitments.  The Borrower may, upon at least three Domestic
  Business Days' notice to the Agent, (i) terminate the
  Commitments at any time, if no Loans are outstanding at such
  time or (ii) ratably reduce from time to time by an aggregate
  amount of $5,000,000 or any larger multiple of $1,000,000 the
  aggregate unused amount of the Commitments. 
  
         SECTION 2.09.  Mandatory Termination of Commitments. 
  The Commitments shall terminate on the Termination Date, and
  any Loans then outstanding (together with accrued interest
  thereon) shall be due and payable on such date. 
  
         SECTION 2.10.  Optional Prepayments.  (a)  The
  Borrower may, upon notice to the Agent given no later than
  11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of prepayment,
  prepay any Base Rate Borrowing in whole at any time, or from
  time to time in part in amounts aggregating $5,000,000 or any
  larger multiple of $1,000,000, by paying the principal amount
  to be prepaid together with accrued interest thereon to the
  date of prepayment.  Each such optional prepayment shall be
  applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the several Banks
  included in such Borrowing. 
  
         (b)  Except as provided in Section 8.02, the
  Borrower may not prepay all or any portion of the principal
  amount of any Fixed Rate Loan prior to the maturity thereof. 
  
         (c)  Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant
  to this Section, the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of
  the contents thereof and of such Bank's ratable share of such
  prepayment and such notice shall not thereafter be revocable
  by the Borrower. 
  
         SECTION 2.11. General Provisions as to Payments. 
  (a) The Borrower shall make each payment of principal of, and
  interest on, the Loans and of fees hereunder (except the
  participation fee under Section 2.07(b), which shall be paid
  at such time on the Effective Date as all of the conditions in
  Section 3.01 shall have been satisfied or waived), not later
  than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the date when due, in
  Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City,
  to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 10.01.  The
  Agent will promptly distribute to each Bank its ratable share
  of each such payment received by the Agent for the account of
  the Banks.  Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest
  on, the Domestic Loans or of fees shall be due on a day which
  is not a Domestic Business Day, the date for payment thereof
  shall be extended to the next succeeding Domestic Business
  Day.  Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on,
  the Euro-Dollar Loans shall be due on a day which is not a
  Euro-Dollar Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall
  be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day
  unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in another calendar
  month, in which case the date for payment thereof shall be the
  next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.  If the date for any
  payment of principal is extended by operation of law or
  otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended
  time. 
  
         (b)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice
  from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is
  due from the Borrower to the Banks hereunder that the Borrower
  will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that
  the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on
  such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption,
  cause to be distributed to each Bank on such due date an
  amount equal to the amount then due such Bank.  If and to the
  extent that the Borrower shall not have so made such payment,
  each Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such
  amount distributed to such Bank together with interest
  thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed
  to such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount to
  the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate. 
  
         SECTION 2.12.  Funding Losses.  If the Borrower
  makes any payment of principal with respect to any Fixed Rate
  Loan (pursuant to Article VI or VIII or otherwise) on any day
  other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable
  thereto, or the last day of an applicable period fixed
  pursuant to Section 2.06(d), or if the Borrower fails to
  borrow any Fixed Rate Loans after notice has been given to any
  Bank in accordance with Section 2.03(a), the Borrower shall
  reimburse each Bank within 15 days after demand for any
  resulting loss or expense incurred by it (or by an existing or
  prospective Participant in the related Loan), including
  (without limitation) any loss incurred in obtaining,
  liquidating or employing deposits from third parties, but
  excluding loss of margin for the period after any such payment
  or failure to borrow, provided that such Bank shall have
  delivered to the Borrower a certificate setting forth the
  amount of such loss or expense and, in reasonable detail, the
  calculation thereof, which certificate shall be conclusive in
  the absence of manifest error. 
  
         SECTION 2.13.  Computation of Interest and Fees. 
  Interest based on the Prime Rate hereunder shall be computed
  on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap
  year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed
  (including the first day but excluding the last day).  All
  other interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of a
  year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days
  elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). 
  
         SECTION 2.14.  Withholding Tax Exemption.  At least
  five Domestic Business Days prior to the first date on which
  interest or fees are payable hereunder for the account of any
  Bank, each Bank that is not incorporated under the laws of the
  United States of America or a state thereof agrees that it
  will deliver to each of the Borrower and the Agent two duly
  completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service
  Form 1001 or 4224, certifying in either case that such Bank is
  entitled to receive payments from the Borrower under this
  Agreement and the Notes without deduction or withholding of
  any United States federal income taxes.  Each Bank which so
  delivers a Form 1001 or 4224 further undertakes to deliver to
  each of the Borrower and the Agent two additional copies of
  such form (or a successor form) on or before the date that
  such form expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence
  of any event requiring a change in the most recent form so
  delivered by it, and such amendments thereto or extensions or
  renewals thereof as may be reasonably requested by the
  Borrower or the Agent, in each case certifying that such Bank
  is entitled to receive payments from the Borrower under this
  Agreement and the Notes without deduction or withholding of
  any United States federal income taxes, unless an event
  (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or
  regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such
  delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such
  forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Bank from duly
  completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and
  such Bank advises the Borrower and the Agent that it is not
  capable of receiving such payments without any deduction or
  withholding of United States federal income tax. 
  
          SECTION 2.15.  Foreign Withholding Taxes and Other
  Costs.  (a)  All payments by the Borrower of principal of and
  interest on the Notes and of all other amounts payable by it
  under this Agreement are payable without deduction for or on
  account of any present or future taxes, duties or other
  charges levied or imposed by the government of any
  jurisdiction outside the United States of America or by any
  political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein
  through withholding or deduction with respect to any such
  payments.  If any such taxes, duties or other charges are so
  levied or imposed, the Borrower will pay additional interest
  or will make additional payments in such amounts so that every
  net payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and of
  all other amounts payable by it under this Agreement, after
  withholding or deduction for or on account of any such present
  or future taxes, duties or other charges, will not be less
  than the amount provided for herein.  The Borrower shall
  furnish promptly to the Agent official receipts evidencing
  such withholding or deduction. 
  
         (b)  If the cost to any Bank of making or
  maintaining any Loan to the Borrower is increased, or the
  amount of any sum received or receivable by any Bank (or its
  Applicable Lending Office) is reduced by an amount deemed by
  such Bank to be material, by reason of the fact the Borrower
  conducts business in a jurisdiction outside the United States
  of America, the Borrower shall indemnify such Bank for such
  increased cost or reduction within 15 days after demand by
  such Bank (with a copy to the Agent).  A certificate of such
  Bank claiming compensation under this subsection (b) and
  setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to
  it hereunder and, in reasonable detail, the calculation
  thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. 
  
         (c)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower and
  the Agent of any event of which it has knowledge that will
  entitle such Bank to additional interest or payments pursuant
  to subsection (b) and will designate a different Applicable
  Lending Office, if, in the judgment of such Bank, such
  designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of,
  such compensation and will not be otherwise disadvantageous to
  such Bank. 
  
  
                                 ARTICLE III
  
                                 CONDITIONS
  
  
         SECTION 3.01.  Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall
  become effective on the date (the "Effective Date") that each
  of the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or
  waived in accordance with Section 10.05):
  
         (a)  receipt by the Agent of counterparts hereof
    signed by each of the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Banks
    and the Agent (or, in the case of any party as to which
    an executed counterpart shall not have been received,
    receipt by the Agent in form satisfactory to it of
    telegraphic, telex or other written confirmation from
    such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such
    party);
  
         (b)  receipt by the Agent for the account of each
    Bank of a duly executed Note of the Borrower dated on or
    before the Effective Date complying with the provisions
    of Section 2.04;
  
         (c)  receipt by the Agent of (i) an opinion of
    Rogers & Wells, counsel for the Borrower and the
    Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1
    hereto and covering such additional matters relating to
    the transactions contemplated hereby as the Required
    Banks may reasonably request and (ii) an opinion of
    Joseph V. Vumbacco, General Counsel of the Borrower and
    the Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2
    hereto and covering such additional matters relating to
    the transactions contemplated hereby as the Required
    Banks may reasonably request;
  
         (d)  receipt by the Agent of an opinion of Davis
    Polk & Wardwell, special counsel for the Agent,
    substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and
    covering such additional matters relating to the
    transactions contemplated hereby as the Required Banks
    may reasonably request;
  
         (e)  receipt by the Agent of all documents it may
    reasonably request relating to the existence of the
    Borrower and the Guarantor, the corporate authority for
    and the validity of this Agreement and the Notes, and any
    other matters relevant hereto, all in form and substance
    satisfactory to the Agent; and
  
         (f)  repayment in full (which repayment may be made
    by application of the proceeds of a borrowing hereunder)
    of the loans, if any, outstanding under the Existing
    Agreement and payment of all accrued interest on such
    loans and all fees accrued under the Existing Agreement
    to but excluding such date.
  
  provided that this Agreement shall not become effective or be
  binding on any party hereto unless all of the foregoing
  conditions are satisfied not later than January 15, 1993.  The
  Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Banks of the
  Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and
  binding on all parties hereto.  Upon the effectiveness of this
  Agreement, the Commitments, as such term is defined in the
  Existing Agreement, shall terminate without any further action
  by any party.
  
         SECTION 3.02.  Borrowings.  The obligation of any
  Bank to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing is
  subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
  
         (a)  receipt by the Agent of a Notice of Borrowing
    as required by Section 2.02;
  
         (b)  the fact that, immediately before and after
    such Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing; and
  
         (c)  the fact that the representations and
    warranties of the Borrower contained in this Agreement
    (except, in the case of a Refunding Borrowing, the
    representations and warranties set forth in Sections
    4.04(d) and 4.05 as to any matter which has theretofore
    been disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Banks)
    shall be true on and as of the date of such Borrowing. 
  
         Each Borrowing hereunder shall be deemed to be a
  representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of
  such Borrowing as to the facts specified in clauses (b) and
  (c) of this Section. 
  
  
                                 ARTICLE IV
  
               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER
  
  
         The Borrower represents and warrants that:
  
         SECTION 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power.  The
  Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing
  and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and has all
  corporate powers and all material governmental licenses,
  authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on
  its business as now conducted. 
  
         SECTION 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental
  Authorization; No Contravention.  The execution, delivery and
  performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the Notes,
  and by the Guarantor of this Agreement, are within the
  Borrower's and the Guarantor's respective corporate powers,
  have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,
  require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any
  governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene,
  or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law
  or regulation or of the respective certificate of
  incorporation or respective by-laws of the Borrower or the
  Guarantor or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order,
  decree or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or the
  Guarantor or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
  on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
         SECTION 4.03.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement
  constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Borrower and
  the Guarantor, and the Notes, when executed and delivered in
  accordance with this Agreement, will constitute valid and
  binding obligations of the Borrower, and all of such documents
  are or will be enforceable in accordance with their respective
  terms, except as (i) the validity, binding nature or
  enforceability hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
  insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting
  creditors' rights generally and (ii) rights of acceleration
  and the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by
  equitable principles of general applicability. 
  
         SECTION 4.04.  Financial Information. 
  
         (a)  The consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
  and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1991 and
  the related consolidated statements of income and retained
  earnings and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended,
  reported on by Arthur Andersen & Co. and set forth in the
  Borrower's 1991 Form 10-K, a copy of which has been delivered
  to each of the Banks, fairly present, in conformity with
  generally accepted accounting principles, the consolidated
  financial position of the Borrower and its Consolidated
  Subsidiaries as of such date and their consolidated results of
  operations and cash flows for such fiscal year. 
  
         (b)  The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the
  Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30,
  1992 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of
  income and retained earnings and cash flows for the nine
  months then ended, set forth in the Borrower's quarterly
  report for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1992 as
  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form
  10-Q, a copy of which has been delivered to each of the Banks,
  fairly present, in conformity with generally accepted
  accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the
  financial statements referred to in subsection (a) of this
  Section, the consolidated financial position of the Borrower
  and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and their
  consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such
  nine-month period (subject to normal year-end adjustments). 
  
         (c)  The consolidating balance sheets of the
  Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31,
  1991 and the related consolidating statements of income and
  retained earnings and (for the Borrower, Turner Development
  and the general contracting business of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries) cash flows for the fiscal year then
  ended and the consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and
  its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 1992 and the
  related consolidating statements of income and retained
  earnings and (for the Borrower, Turner Development and the
  general contracting business of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries) cash flows for the nine months then
  ended, copies of which have been delivered to each of the
  Banks, are the respective consolidating financial statements
  used by the Borrower in preparing the consolidated financial
  statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above and
  were prepared on the basis of accounting principles consistent
  with those used in preparing such respective consolidated
  financial statements. 
  
         (d)  Since September 30, 1992 there has been no
  material adverse change in the business, financial position,
  results of operations or prospects of (i) the Guarantor or
  (ii) the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries,
  considered as a whole. 
  
         SECTION 4.05.  Litigation.  There is no action, suit
  or proceeding pending against, or to the knowledge of the
  Borrower threatened against or affecting, the Borrower or any
  of its Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any
  governmental body, agency or official in which there is a
  reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could
  materially adversely affect the business, consolidated
  financial position or consolidated results of operations of
  the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries or which in any
  manner draws into question the validity of this Agreement or
  the Notes. 
  
         SECTION 4.06.  Compliance with ERISA.  Each member
  of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its obligations under the
  minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue
  Code with respect to each Plan and is in compliance in all
  material respects with the presently applicable provisions of
  ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect to each Plan. 
  No member of the ERISA Group has (i) sought a waiver of the
  minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Internal
  Revenue Code in respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any
  contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or
  in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any amendment
  to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or
  could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a
  bond or other security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue
  Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA
  other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section
  4007 of ERISA. 
  
         SECTION 4.07.  Environmental Matters.  The Borrower
  has reasonably concluded that Environmental Laws are unlikely
  to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
  condition, results of operations or prospects of the Borrower
  and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole. 
  
         SECTION 4.08.  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower
  and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable
  laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of
  governmental authorities except where the necessity of
  compliance therewith is being contested in good faith by
  appropriate proceedings and except where the failures to be in
  compliance therewith, in the aggregate, do not, and are not
  reasonably expected to, have a material adverse effect on the
  business, financial position, results of operations or
  prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered as
  a whole. 
  
         SECTION 4.09.  Contractual Arrangements.  Each
  contract or agreement to which the Borrower or any of its
  Subsidiaries is a party is a valid and binding obligation of
  each party thereto, the Borrower or the Subsidiary of the
  Borrower that is a party thereto is not in default thereunder,
  and the Borrower has no knowledge of a continuing default
  thereunder by any other party thereto, except to the extent
  that the cumulative effect of any such agreements not being
  valid and binding and of any such defaults does not have a
  material adverse effect on the business, financial position,
  results of operations or prospects of the Borrower and its
  Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole. 
  
         SECTION 4.10.  Taxes.  United States Federal income
  tax returns of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been
  examined and closed through the fiscal year ended December 31,
  1983.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all United
  States Federal income tax returns and all other material tax
  returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid
  all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any
  assessment received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.  The
  charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower
  and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental
  charges are, in the opinion of the Borrower, adequate. 
  
         SECTION 4.11.  Subsidiaries.  Each of the Borrower's
  corporate Subsidiaries that actively engages in business is a
  corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
  standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation,
  and has all corporate powers and all material governmental
  licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to
  carry on its business as now conducted. 
  
         SECTION 4.12.  Not an Investment Company.  The
  Borrower is not an "investment company" within the meaning of
  the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
  
         SECTION 4.13.  Full Disclosure.  All information
  heretofore furnished by the Borrower to the Agent or any Bank
  for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any
  transaction contemplated hereby is, and all such information
  hereafter furnished by the Borrower to the Agent or any Bank
  will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the
  date as of which such information is stated or certified.  The
  Borrower has disclosed to the Banks in writing any and all
  facts which materially and adversely affect or may affect (to
  the extent the Borrower can now reasonably foresee), the
  business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower
  and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the
  ability of the Borrower or the Guarantor to perform its
  obligations under this Agreement. 
  
  
                                  ARTICLE V
  
                                  COVENANTS
  
  
         The Borrower agrees that, so long as any Bank has
  any Commitment hereunder or any amount payable under any Note
  remains unpaid:
  
         SECTION 5.01.  Information.  The Borrower will
  deliver to each of the Banks:
  
  
         (a)  as soon as available and in any event within 90
    days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a
    consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
    Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal
    year and the related consolidated statements of income
    and retained earnings and cash flows for such fiscal
    year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
    figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on in
    a manner acceptable to the Securities and Exchange
    Commission by Arthur Andersen & Co. or other independent
    public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
  
         (b)  as soon as available and in any event within 45
    days after the end of each of the first three quarters of
    each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance
    sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
    as of the end of such quarter and the related
    consolidated statements of income and retained earnings
    and cash flows for such quarter and for the portion of
    the Borrower's fiscal year ended at the end of such
    quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form
    the figures for the corresponding quarter and the
    corresponding portion of the Borrower's previous fiscal
    year, all certified (subject to normal year-end
    adjustments) as to fairness of presentation, generally
    accepted accounting principles and consistency by the
    chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer
    of the Borrower;
  
         (c)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
    consolidated financial statements referred to in clause
    (a) above, consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower
    and each of its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end
    of the fiscal year covered by such financial statements
    and the related consolidating statements of income and
    retained earnings and (for the Borrower, Turner
    Development and the general contracting business of the
    Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries) cash flows
    for the fiscal year then ended, certified by the chief
    financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the
    Borrower as being the consolidating financial statements
    used by the Borrower in preparing such consolidated
    financial statements and as being prepared on the basis
    of accounting principles consistent with those used in
    preparing such consolidated financial statements;
  
         (d)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
    consolidated financial statements referred to in clause
    (b) above, consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower
    and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of the
    quarter covered by such financial statements and the
    related consolidating statements of income and retained
    earnings and (for the Borrower, Turner Development and
    the general contracting business of the Borrower and its
    Consolidated Subsidiaries) cash flows for the quarter and
    for the portion of the Borrower's fiscal year ended at
    the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in
    comparative form the figures for the corresponding
    quarter and the corresponding portion of the Borrower's
    previous fiscal year, certified by the chief financial
    officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower
    as being the consolidating financial statements used by
    the Borrower in preparing such consolidated financial
    statements and as being prepared on the basis of
    accounting principles consistent with those used in
    preparing such consolidated financial statements;
  
        (e)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
    financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b)
    above, (i) a modified consolidated balance sheet of the
    Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end
    of the period covered by such financial statements
    prepared on the basis of accounting principles consistent
    with those on the basis of which the consolidated balance
    sheet delivered pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above was
    prepared, except that such modified balance sheet shall
    present assets and liabilities as current and long-term
    and shall be prepared on the assumption that all real
    estate of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
    which, as of the end of such period, is held for sale is
    a current asset and that all obligations of the Borrower
    and its Consolidated Subsidiaries of which the Borrower
    reasonably expects the obligor would be relieved (by
    discharge, assumption by a third party or otherwise) upon
    the sale of such real estate are current liabilities and
    (ii) a certificate of the chief financial officer or the
    chief accounting officer of the Borrower stating that
    such modified balance sheet was prepared in accordance
    with clause (i) above;
  
         (f)  simultaneously with delivery of each set of
    financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b)
    above, a summary of each construction project of the
    Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to which a
    contract has been obtained but not completed, the Backlog
    Volume of which is greater than $10,000,000 or the
    Backlog Earnings of which are greater than $500,000 as of
    the end of the period covered by such financial
    statements, which summary shall be in the form of the
    summary provided to the Banks under Section 5.01(f) of
    the Existing Agreement;
  
         (g)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
    financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b)
    above, a certificate of the chief financial officer or
    the chief accounting officer of the Borrower (i) setting
    forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to
    establish whether the Borrower was in compliance with the
    requirements of Sections 5.07 to 5.12, inclusive, and
    Section 5.14(c) on the date of such financial statements
    and to determine the Fixed Charge Ratio and Consolidated
    Adjusted Net Worth for purposes of Section 2.06(a), (b)
    and (c) and (ii) stating whether any Default exists on
    the date of such certificate and, if any Default then
    exists, setting forth the details thereof and the action
    which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with
    respect thereto;
  
         (h)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
    financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, a
    statement of the firm of independent public accountants
    which reported on such statements (i) whether anything
    has come to their attention to cause them to believe that
    any Default existed on the date of such statements and
    (ii) confirming the calculations set forth in the
    officer's certificate delivered simultaneously therewith
    pursuant to clause (g) above;
  
         (i)  within five days after any officer of the
    Borrower obtains knowledge of any Default, if such
    Default is then continuing, a certificate of the chief
    financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the
    Borrower setting forth the details thereof and the action
    which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with
    respect thereto;
  
         (j)  promptly upon the mailing thereof to the
    shareholders of the Borrower generally, copies of all
    financial statements, reports and proxy statements so
    mailed;
  
         (k)  promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all
    registration statements (other than the exhibits thereto
    and any registration statements on Form S-8 or its
    equivalent) and reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or
    their equivalents) which the Borrower shall have filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
  
         (l)  if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i)
    gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any
    "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA)
    with respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds
    for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA,
    or knows that the plan administrator of any Plan has
    given or is required to give notice of any such
    reportable event, a copy of the notice of such reportable
    event given or required to be given to the PBGC; (ii)
    receives notice of complete or partial withdrawal
    liability under Title IV of ERISA or notice that any
    Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, is insolvent or
    has been terminated, a copy of such notice; (iii)
    receives notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of
    an intent to terminate, impose liability (other than for
    premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or
    appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such
    notice; (iv) applies for a waiver of the minimum funding
    standard under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code,
    a copy of such application; (v) gives notice of intent to
    terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy
    of such notice and other information filed with the PBGC;
    (vi) gives notice of withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to
    Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such notice; or (vii)
    fails to make any payment or contribution to any Plan or
    Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit
    Arrangement or makes any amendment to any Plan or Benefit
    Arrangement which has resulted or could result in the
    imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other
    security, a certificate of the chief financial officer or
    the chief accounting officer of the Borrower setting
    forth details as to such occurrence and action, if any,
    which the Borrower or applicable member of the ERISA
    Group is required or proposes to take; and
  
         (m)  from time to time such additional information
    regarding the financial position or business of the
    Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the Agent, at the
    request of any Bank, may reasonably request. 
  
         SECTION 5.02.  Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower
  will pay and discharge, and will cause each Subsidiary to pay
  and discharge, at or before maturity, all their respective
  material obligations and liabilities, including, without
  limitation, tax liabilities, except where the same may be
  contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will
  maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to maintain, in
  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
  appropriate reserves for the accrual of any of the same. 
  
         SECTION 5.03.  Maintenance of Property; Insurance. 
  (a) The Borrower will keep, and will cause each Subsidiary to
  keep, all property useful and necessary in its business in
  good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear
  excepted. 
  
         (b) The Borrower will insure and keep insured, and
  will cause each of its Subsidiaries to insure and keep
  insured, with financially sound and reputable insurers, so
  much of their respective properties, in such amounts (and with
  such deductibles), as companies engaged in a similar business
  in accordance with good business practice customarily insure
  properties of a similar character against loss by fire and
  from other causes.  In addition, the Borrower will, and will
  cause each Subsidiary to, maintain with financially sound and
  reputable insurers public liability insurance against claims
  for personal injury, death or property damage suffered by
  others upon or in or about any premises occupied by it or
  occurring as a result of its ownership, maintenance or
  operation of any automobiles, trucks or other vehicles,
  aircraft or other facilities or as a result of the use of
  products manufactured, constructed or sold by it or services
  rendered by it, and such other insurance, in such amounts (and
  with such deductibles) as is usually carried by companies
  engaged in a similar business and as is in accordance with
  good business practice. 
  
         SECTION 5.04.  Conduct of Business and Maintenance
  of Existence. The Borrower will continue, and will cause each
  Subsidiary to continue, to engage in business of the same
  general type as now conducted by the Borrower and its
  Subsidiaries, and will preserve, renew and keep in full force
  and effect, and will cause each Subsidiary to preserve, renew
  and keep in full force and effect their respective corporate
  existence and their respective rights, privileges and
  franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of
  business; provided that nothing in this Section 5.04 shall
  prohibit (i) mergers and consolidations permitted by
  Section 5.16 or (ii) the termination of the corporate
  existence of any Subsidiary other than the Guarantor if the
  Borrower in good faith determines that such termination is in
  the best interest of the Borrower and is not materially
  disadvantageous to the Banks. 
  
         SECTION 5.05.  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower
  will comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all
  applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and
  requirements of governmental authorities (including, without
  limitation, Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and
  regulations thereunder) except where the necessity of
  compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate
  proceedings and except where the failures to comply therewith,
  in the aggregate, do not, and are not reasonably expected to,
  have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
  position, results of operations or prospects of the Borrower
  and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole. 
  
         SECTION 5.06.  Inspection of Property, Books and
  Records.  The Borrower will keep, and will cause each
  Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account in
  which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all
  dealings and transactions in relation to its business and
  activities; and will permit, and will cause each Subsidiary to
  permit, representatives of any Bank at such Bank's expense to
  visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to
  examine and make abstracts from any of their respective books
  and records and to discuss their respective affairs, finances
  and accounts with their respective officers, employees and
  independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times
  and as often as may reasonably be desired.  Each Bank shall
  hold in confidence all non-public information obtained
  pursuant to this Section 5.06 and marked or otherwise
  identified in writing as being confidential, except to the
  extent that such information (i) becomes generally available
  to the public other than as the result of disclosure by any
  Bank, (ii) was available to any Bank on a non-confidential
  basis prior to its disclosure to any Bank pursuant to this
  Section 5.06, (iii) becomes available to any Bank on a
  non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower
  or any of its Subsidiaries at a time when such source is
  permitted to make such information available to such Bank, or
  (iv) is pertinent to any litigation between the Borrower or
  any of its Subsidiaries and such Bank; provided that any Bank
  may disclose such information (x) to any other Bank, which
  shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 5.06 with
  respect to such information, (y) at the request of a bank
  regulatory agency or in connection with an examination of such
  Bank by bank examiners and (z) to such Bank's independent
  auditors and legal counsel, it being understood that
  disclosure of such information pursuant to clause (y) or (z)
  of this proviso shall not otherwise limit the applicability of
  this sentence to such information and that, at the time of
  disclosure of such information pursuant to clause (z) of this
  proviso, such Bank shall inform such independent auditor or
  legal counsel that such information is subject to this Section
  5.06; and provided, further, that if any Bank is requested or
  required in connection with any legal process to disclose any
  such information, such Bank will, to the extent it may
  lawfully do so, provide the Borrower with prompt notice of
  such request or requirement; unless the Borrower provides such
  Bank with evidence (including, without limitation, a court
  order) satisfactory to such Bank that it is not compelled to
  disclose such information in connection with such legal
  process, such Bank may, at such time as it is compelled to do
  so, disclose that portion of such information that it is
  compelled to disclose. 
  
         SECTION 5.07.  Current Ratio.  Consolidated Adjusted
  Current Assets will at no time be less than 100% of
  Consolidated Adjusted Current Liabilities. 
  
         SECTION 5.08.  Debt.  The Leverage Ratio will at no
  time during any period set forth below exceed the ratio set
  forth opposite such period:
  
         Period                     Maximum Leverage Ratio
  
    Effective Date through
      December 31, 1993                   350%
  
    January 1, 1994 through
      December 31, 1994                   325%
  
    January 1, 1995 through
      December 31, 1995                   300%
  
    January 1, 1996 through
      December 31, 1996                   275%
  
         SECTION 5.09.  Minimum Consolidated Adjusted Net
  Worth.  Consolidated Adjusted Net Worth will not as of any
  date during the term of this Agreement be less than the sum of
  (a) $50,000,000, plus (b) the aggregate net proceeds received
  by the Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary from the
  issuance of equity securities after the date of this Agreement
  and on or before such date, plus (c) an amount equal to 50% of
  the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its
  Subsidiaries for each fiscal year ending on or before such
  date (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31,
  1993) for which such consolidated net income is greater than
  zero.
  
         SECTION 5.10.  Fixed Charge Coverage.  The Fixed
  Charge Ratio will not, for any period of four consecutive
  fiscal quarters ending during a year set forth below, be less
  than the ratio set forth opposite such year:
  
                                      Minimum Fixed
           Year                       Charge Ratio 
  
                1992                           1.15
                1993                           1.25
                1994                           1.375
                1995                           1.50
                1996                           1.625
  
         SECTION 5.11.  Cash Flow Restriction.  The Borrower
  will not, and will not permit any Schedule A Subsidiary or any
  Subsidiary of a Schedule A Subsidiary to, directly or
  indirectly, contribute or loan or otherwise transfer any cash
  or cash equivalents to any Schedule B Subsidiary or any
  Subsidiary of a Schedule B Subsidiary except to the extent
  necessary to permit the Schedule B Subsidiaries and their
  Subsidiaries (a) to pay expenses in respect of real estate
  owned by them, (b) to satisfy obligations under Designated
  Joint Venture Agreements and (c) to pay selling, general and
  administrative expenses (including without limitation,
  principal of and interest on indebtedness of Schedule B
  Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), and then only to the
  extent that cash to pay such expenses and to satisfy such
  obligations is unavailable from other sources, including
  rental or other income produced by real estate owned by
  Schedule B Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries; provided that
  the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents that may be
  contributed, loaned or otherwise transferred to Schedule B
  Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries during any calendar year
  will not exceed (a) the aggregate amount of cash and cash
  equivalents distributed during such year by Schedule B
  Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to the Borrower and
  Schedule A Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries that are wholly
  owned by the Borrower as dividends or in repayment of loans,
  plus (b) the amount set forth below opposite such year:
  
         Year                      Amount
  
         1993                    $12,000,000
         1994                    $ 5,000,000
         1995                    $ 4,000,000
         1996                    $ 4,000,000
  
         SECTION 5.12.  Debt of Guarantor.  The sum, without
  duplication, of (i) total Debt of the Guarantor and its
  Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis), plus (ii)
  contingent obligations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries
  to reimburse or prepay any bank or other Person in respect of
  amounts paid or payable under a letter of credit, banker's
  acceptance or similar instrument (except letters of credit,
  banker's acceptances and similar instruments that support, or
  are created as a result of the payment of, trade accounts
  payable of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries arising in the
  ordinary course of business), plus (iii) the aggregate amount
  of all present and future obligations of Persons under
  operating leases that are guaranteed by the Guarantor or any
  of its Subsidiaries will at no time exceed $58,000,000;
  provided that such amount shall be reduced from time to time
  by an amount equal to the amount of any reduction in the
  maximum liability of the Guarantor under the Rickenbacker
  Guaranty; and provided, further, that, of such $58,000,000, no
  more than $55,300,000 may consist of debt for borrowed money,
  Guarantees of debt of other persons for borrowed money and
  contingent obligations of the type referred to in clause (ii)
  above (such $55,300,000 limit being reduced from time to time
  by the amount of any reduction in the $58,000,000 limit
  pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso), and the
  remaining amount may consist only of present and future
  obligations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries under
  operating leases that are guaranteed by the Guarantor or any
  of its Subsidiaries. 
  
         SECTION 5.13.  Clean-up Period.  The Borrower shall
  not permit any Loans to be outstanding during a period (which
  may be selected by the Borrower and may differ from year to
  year) of at least five consecutive Domestic Business Days
  during the fourth calendar quarter of each year during the
  term of this Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 5.14.  Investments.  (a)  Neither the
  Borrower nor any Consolidated Subsidiary will make or acquire
  any Investment in any Person other than:
  
         (i)  Investments in Subsidiaries existing on the
    date hereof; provided that any Investment in a Schedule B
    Subsidiary or a Subsidiary thereof may be made only
    pursuant to the terms of Section 5.11;
  
        (ii)  loans to employees of the Borrower or any of
    its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate outstanding
    principal amount of such loans shall not at any time
    exceed $4,000,000;
  
        (iii)  Temporary Cash Investments; and
  
         (iv)  time deposits with, including certificates of
    deposit issued by, or banker's acceptances issued by, any
    office of any bank or trust company which (A) is
    organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the
    United States or any state thereof, Japan or a country
    that is a member of the European Economic Community and
    (B) has capital, surplus and undivided profits
    aggregating at least $50,000,000 (or the equivalent
    thereof in foreign currency); provided that the aggregate
    amount of Investments pursuant to this clause (iv) shall
    not at any time exceed $5,000,000; 
  
  provided that Turner Investment Corporation may invest the
  Steiner Proceeds (as such term is defined in the Waiver dated
  as of July 29, 1992 to the Existing Agreement, a copy of which
  Waiver is attached hereto as Annex A) in accordance with the
  guidelines set forth in a memorandum from R.E. Bailey dated
  June 24, 1992, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B;
  provided, further, that upon the liquidation by Turner
  Investment Corporation of its investments of the Steiner
  Proceeds, the proceeds of such liquidation shall be used first
  to repay the outstanding loan from the Borrower to Turner
  Investment Corporation, and any remaining proceeds will be
  distributed to the Borrower as a dividend.
  
         (b)  Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section
  5.14, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may acquire the entire
  equity interest in any Person engaged in the general
  contracting business in any municipality in which neither the
  Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has an office for the
  conduct of such business; provided that the Borrower and its
  Subsidiaries shall not acquire more than one such Person in
  any such municipality; and provided, further, that (i) the
  aggregate cash consideration paid by the Borrower and its
  Subsidiaries for all such equity interests during any period
  of twelve consecutive months shall not exceed $5,000,000 and
  (ii) the total cash consideration paid by the Borrower and its
  Subsidiaries for such equity interests in any one Person shall
  not exceed $5,000,000. 
  
         SECTION 5.15.  Negative Pledge.  Neither the
  Borrower nor any Subsidiary will create, assume or suffer to
  exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by
  it, except:
  
         (a)  Liens existing on the date of this Agreement
    securing Debt outstanding, or that may be incurred
    pursuant to committed credit lines existing, on the date
    of this Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not
    exceeding $150,000,000;
  
         (b)  any Lien existing on any asset of any
    corporation at the time such corporation becomes a
    Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such
    event;
  
         (c)  any Lien on any asset securing Debt incurred or
    assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of
    the cost of acquiring such asset, provided that such Lien
    attaches to such asset concurrently with or within 90
    days after the acquisition thereof;
  
         (d)  any Lien existing on any asset prior to the
    acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary and
    not created in contemplation of such acquisition;
  
         (e)  any Lien arising out of the refinancing,
    extension, renewal or refunding of any Debt secured by
    any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of
    this Section, provided that such Debt is not increased
    and is not secured by any additional assets; and
  
         (f)  Liens arising in the ordinary course of its
    business which (i) do not secure Debt, (ii) do not secure
    any obligation in an amount exceeding $10,000,000 and
    (iii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the
    value of its assets or materially impair the use thereof
    in the operation of its business. 
  
         SECTION 5.16.  Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of
  Assets.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its
  Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or
  amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or
  suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or convey, sell, lease,
  assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially
  all of its property, business or assets, or make any material
  change in the present method of conducting business, except
  that (i) any Subsidiary may be merged into the Borrower
  (providing that the Borrower shall be the surviving
  corporation) or merged or consolidated with or into any one or
  more other Subsidiaries; (ii) any Subsidiary may sell, lease,
  transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to the
  Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; and
  (iii) the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with any
  other Person, provided that the Borrower is the surviving
  corporation and no Default would occur hereunder after giving
  effect thereto; provided, however, that no Schedule B
  Subsidiary or Subsidiary of a Schedule B Subsidiary shall be
  merged or consolidated with or into, or shall sell, lease,
  transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, the
  Borrower or any Schedule A Subsidiary or Subsidiary of a
  Schedule A Subsidiary.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its
  Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise dispose of any of its
  assets except for sales or other dispositions in the ordinary
  course of business of (x) obsolete or worn out property or (y)
  other property; provided that the aggregate book value of such
  other property so sold or disposed of in any twelve month
  period (exclusive of sales and dispositions pursuant to the
  following proviso) shall not exceed 10% of the Consolidated
  Adjusted Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at
  the beginning of such period; and provided, further, that the
  Schedule B Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries and
  Rickenbacker Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
  Subsidiaries may sell, lease or otherwise transfer real estate
  assets or interests therein in arm's-length transactions
  otherwise permitted hereunder. 
  
         SECTION 5.17.  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the
  Loans made under this Agreement will be used by the Borrower
  solely (i) to satisfy current liabilities of the Borrower
  (including any borrowings outstanding under the Existing
  Agreement) and (ii) to make advances to Schedule A
  Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which
  will be used solely to satisfy current liabilities of the
  Schedule A Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries.  None of such
  proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, for the
  purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying
  or carrying any "margin stock" within the meaning of
  Regulation U. 
  
  
                                 ARTICLE VI
  
                                  DEFAULTS
  
  
         SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  If one or more of
  the following events ("Events of Default") shall have occurred
  and be continuing:
  
         (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any
    principal of any Loan, or shall fail to pay within three
    days of the due date thereof any interest, fees or other
    amount payable hereunder;
  
         (b)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform
    any covenant contained in Section 5.07, 5.08, 5.09, 5.10,
    5.11, 5.13, 5.16 or 5.17;
  
         (c)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform
    any covenant contained in Section 5.12, 5.14 or 5.15 for
    seven days after written notice thereof has been given to
    the Borrower by the Agent at the request of any Bank;
  
         (d)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform
    any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement
    (other than those covered by clause (a), (b) or (c)
    above) for 30 days after written notice thereof has been
    given to the Borrower by the Agent at the request of any
    Bank;
  
         (e)  any representation, warranty, certification or
    statement made by the Borrower or the Guarantor in this
    Agreement or in any certificate, financial statement or
    other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall
    prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when
    made (or deemed made);
  
         (f)  the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to
    make any payment in respect of any Material Debt when due
    or within any applicable grace period;
  
         (g)  any event or condition shall occur which
    results in the acceleration of the maturity of any
    Material Debt, or the termination (other than a
    termination by the Borrower or a Subsidiary at a time
    when no default exists with respect thereto) prior to its
    scheduled expiration of any commitment in respect of any
    Material Debt, or enables (or, with the giving of notice
    or lapse of time or both, would enable) the holder of any
    Material Debt or any Person acting on such holder's
    behalf to accelerate the maturity thereof or terminate
    any commitment in respect thereof prior to its scheduled
    maturity;
  
         (h)  the Guarantor's obligations hereunder shall at
    any time cease to be in full force and effect or shall be
    declared null and void, or the validity or enforceability
    thereof shall be contested by the Guarantor, or the
    Guarantor shall deny it has any further liability or
    obligation hereunder;
  
         (i)  the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall commence a
    voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation,
    reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or
    its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other
    similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the
    appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian
    or other similar official of it or any substantial part
    of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or
    to the appointment of or taking possession by any such
    official in an involuntary case or other proceeding
    commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment
    for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to
    pay its debts as they become due, or shall admit in
    writing its inability to pay its debts as they become
    due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any
    of the foregoing;
  
         (j)  an involuntary case or other proceeding shall
    be commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary
    seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with
    respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy,
    insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
    effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver,
    liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or
    any substantial part of its property, and such
    involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain
    undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an
    order for relief shall be entered against the Borrower or
    any Subsidiary under the federal bankruptcy laws as now
    or hereafter in effect;
  
         (k)  any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay
    when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of
    $1,000,000 which it shall have become liable to pay under
    Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a
    Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by
    any member of the ERISA Group, any plan administrator or
    any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall
    institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to
    terminate, to impose liability (other than for premiums
    under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or to cause a
    trustee to be appointed to administer any Material Plan;
    or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC
    would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that
    any Material Plan must be terminated; or there shall
    occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, or a
    default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of
    ERISA, with respect to, one or more Multiemployer Plans
    which could cause one or more members of the ERISA Group
    to incur a current payment obligation in excess of
    $1,000,000;
  
         (l)  a judgment or order for the payment of money in
    excess of $1,000,000 shall be rendered against the
    Borrower or any Subsidiary and such judgment or order
    shall continue unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of
    30 days; or
  
         (m)  any person or group of persons (within the
    meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended) shall have acquired beneficial
    ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
    by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act)
    of 22% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock
    of the Borrower; or, during any period of 12 consecutive
    calendar months, individuals who were directors of the
    Borrower on the first day of such period shall cease to
    constitute a majority of the board of directors of the
    Borrower;
  
  then, and in every such event, the Agent shall (i) if
  requested by Banks having more than 50% in aggregate amount of
  the Commitments, by notice to the Borrower terminate the
  Commitments and they shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) if
  requested by Banks holding Notes evidencing more than 50% in
  aggregate principal amount of the Loans, by notice to the
  Borrower declare the Notes (together with accrued interest
  thereon) to be, and the Notes shall thereupon become,
  immediately due and payable without presentment, demand,
  protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
  waived by the Borrower; provided that in the case of any of
  the Events of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) above
  with respect to the Borrower or the Guarantor, without any
  notice to the Borrower or any other act by the Agent or the
  Banks, the Commitments shall thereupon terminate and the Notes
  (together with accrued interest thereon) shall become
  immediately due and payable without presentment, demand,
  protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
  waived by the Borrower. 
  
         SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Default.  The Agent shall
  give notice to the Borrower under Section 6.01(c) or (d)
  promptly upon being requested to do so by any Bank and shall
  thereupon notify all the Banks thereof. 
  
  
                                 ARTICLE VII
  
                                  THE AGENT
  
  
         SECTION 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization.  Each
  Bank irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to take
  such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
  under this Agreement and the Notes as are delegated to the
  Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with all such
  powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. 
  
         SECTION 7.02.  Agent and Affiliates.  Morgan
  Guaranty Trust Company of New York shall have the same rights
  and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and may
  exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were
  not the Agent, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
  and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to,
  and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower
  or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrower as if it were
  not the Agent hereunder. 
  
         SECTION 7.03.  Action by Agent.  The obligations of
  the Agent hereunder are only those expressly set forth herein. 
  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent
  shall not be required to take any action with respect to any
  Default, except as expressly provided in Article VI. 
  
         SECTION 7.04.  Consultation with Experts.  The Agent
  may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the
  Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts
  selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or
  omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
  advice of such counsel, accountants or experts. 
  
         SECTION 7.05.  Liability of Agent.  Neither the
  Agent nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective
  directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for
  any action taken or not taken by it in connection herewith (i)
  with the consent or at the request of the Required Banks or
  (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful
  misconduct.  Neither the Agent nor any of its affiliates, nor
  any of their respective directors, officers, agents or
  employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to
  ascertain, inquire into or verify (i) any statement, warranty
  or representation made in connection with this Agreement or
  any borrowing hereunder; (ii) the performance or observance of
  any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrower; (iii) the
  satisfaction of any condition specified in Article III, except
  receipt of items required to be delivered to the Agent; or
  (iv) the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of this
  Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument or writing
  furnished in connection herewith.  The Agent shall not incur
  any liability by acting in reliance upon any notice, consent,
  certificate, statement, or other writing (which may be a bank
  wire, telex or similar writing) believed by it to be genuine
  or to be signed by the proper party or parties. 
  
         SECTION 7.06.  Indemnification.  Each Bank shall,
  ratably in accordance with its Commitment, indemnify the
  Agent, its affiliates and their respective directors,
  officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed
  by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including counsel
  fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or
  liability (except such as result from such indemnitee's gross
  negligence or willful misconduct) that such indemnitee may
  suffer or incur in connection with this Agreement or any
  action taken or omitted by such indemnitee hereunder. 
  
         SECTION 7.07.  Credit Decision.  Each Bank
  acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
  upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents
  and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
  credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. 
  Each Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and
  without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based
  on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate
  at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
  taking or not taking any action under this Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 7.08.  Successor Agent.  The Agent may
  resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the
  Banks and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the
  Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor
  Agent; provided that if such successor Agent is not a Bank,
  such appointment shall be subject to the consent of the
  Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the
  Required Banks, and shall have accepted such appointment,
  within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of
  resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the
  Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial
  bank organized or licensed under the laws of the United States
  of America or of any State thereof and having a combined
  capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000; provided that if
  such successor Agent is not a Bank, such appointment shall be
  subject to the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall
  not be unreasonably withheld.  Upon the acceptance of its
  appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such
  successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested
  with all the rights and duties of the retiring Agent, and the
  retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
  obligations hereunder.  After any retiring Agent's resignation
  hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article shall inure
  to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken
  by it while it was Agent. 
  
         SECTION 7.09.  Agent's Fee.  The Borrower shall pay
  to the Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at
  the times previously agreed upon between the Borrower and the
  Agent. 
  
  
                                ARTICLE VIII
  
                           CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
  
  
         SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest Rate
  Inadequate or Unfair.  If on or prior to the first day of any
  Interest Period for any Fixed Rate Borrowing:
  
         (a)  the Agent is advised by the Reference Banks
    that deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) are
    not being offered to the Reference Banks in the relevant
    market for such Interest Period, or
  
         (b)  Banks having 50% or more of the aggregate
    amount of the Commitments advise the Agent that the
    Adjusted CD Rate or the Adjusted London Interbank Offered
    Rate, as the case may be, as determined by the Agent will
    not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks
    of funding their CD Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, as the
    case may be, for such Interest Period,
  
  the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower
  and the Banks, whereupon until the Agent notifies the Borrower
  that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no
  longer exist, the obligations of the Banks to make CD Loans or
  Euro-Dollar Loans, as the case may be, shall be suspended. 
  Unless the Borrower notifies the Agent at least two Domestic
  Business Days before the date of any Fixed Rate Borrowing for
  which a Notice of Borrowing has previously been given that it
  elects not to borrow on such date, such Borrowing shall
  instead be made as a Base Rate Borrowing. 
  
         SECTION 8.02.  Illegality.  If, on or after the date
  of this Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
  regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the
  interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
  authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
  interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any
  Bank (or its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) with any request or
  directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
  authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it
  unlawful or impossible for any Bank (or its Euro-Dollar
  Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund its Euro-Dollar
  Loans to the Borrower and such Bank shall so notify the Agent,
  the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other
  Banks and the Borrower, whereupon until such Bank notifies the
  Borrower and the Agent that the circumstances giving rise to
  such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Bank
  to make Euro-Dollar Loans to the Borrower shall be suspended. 
  Before giving any notice to the Agent pursuant to this
  Section, such Bank shall designate a different Euro-Dollar
  Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for
  giving such notice and will not, in the judgment of such Bank,
  be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.  If such Bank shall
  determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain and
  fund any of its outstanding Euro-Dollar Loans to the Borrower
  to maturity and shall so specify in such notice, the Borrower
  shall immediately prepay in full the then outstanding
  principal amount of each such Euro-Dollar Loan, together with
  accrued interest thereon.  Concurrently with prepaying each
  such Euro-Dollar Loan, the Borrower shall borrow a Base Rate
  Loan in an equal principal amount from such Bank (on which
  interest and principal shall be payable contemporaneously with
  the related Euro-Dollar Loans of the other Banks), and such
  Bank shall make such a Base Rate Loan. 
  
         SECTION 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return. 
  (a)  If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any
  applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or
  any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
  any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency
  charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or
  compliance by any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) with
  any request or directive (whether or not having the force of
  law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:
  
          (i)  shall subject any Bank (or its Applicable
    Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with
    respect to its Fixed Rate Loans, its Note or its
    obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans, or shall change the
    basis of taxation of payments to any Bank (or its
    Applicable Lending Office) of the principal of or
    interest on its Fixed Rate Loans or any other amounts due
    under this Agreement in respect of its Fixed Rate Loans
    or its obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans (except for
    changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of
    such Bank or its Applicable Lending Office imposed by the
    jurisdiction in which such Bank's principal executive
    office or Applicable Lending Office is located); or
  
         (ii)  shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
    reserve (including, without limitation, any such
    requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the
    Federal Reserve System, but excluding (A) with respect to
    any CD Loan any such requirement included in an
    applicable Domestic Reserve Percentage and (B) with
    respect to any Euro-Dollar Loan any such requirement
    included in an applicable Euro-Dollar Reserve
    Percentage), special deposit, insurance assessment
    (excluding, with respect to any CD Loan, any such
    requirement reflected in an applicable Assessment Rate)
    or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with
    or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Bank
    (or its Applicable Lending Office) or shall impose on any
    Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or on the United
    States market for certificates of deposit or the London
    interbank market any other condition affecting its Fixed
    Rate Loans, its Note or its obligation to make Fixed Rate
    Loans;
  
  and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost
  to such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making or
  maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan, or to reduce the amount of
  any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its Applicable
  Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its Note with
  respect thereto, by an amount deemed by such Bank to be
  material, then, within 15 days after demand by such Bank (with
  a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such
  additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for
  such increased cost or reduction. 
  
         (b)  If any Bank shall have determined that, after
  the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
  regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein,
  or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof
  by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable
  agency charged with the interpretation or administration
  thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital
  adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
  authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would
  have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of
  such Bank (or its Parent) as a consequence of such Bank's
  obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank
  (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption,
  change, request or directive (taking into consideration its
  policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed
  by such Bank to be material, then from time to time, within 15
  days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the
  Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or
  amounts as will compensate such Bank (or its Parent) for such
  reduction. 
  
         (c)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower and
  the Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring
  after the date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to
  compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a
  different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will
  avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation
  and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise
  disadvantageous to such Bank.  A certificate of any Bank
  claiming compensation under this Section and setting forth the
  additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall
  be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  In
  determining such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable
  averaging and attribution methods. 
  
         SECTION 8.04.  Base Rate Loans Substituted for
  Affected Fixed Rate Loans.  If (i) the obligation of any Bank
  to make Euro-Dollar Loans to the Borrower has been suspended
  pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii) any Bank has demanded
  compensation under Section 8.03(a) and the Borrower shall, by
  at least five Euro-Dollar Business Days' prior notice to such
  Bank through the Agent, have elected that the provisions of
  this Section shall apply to such Bank, then, unless and until
  such Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving
  rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no longer
  apply:
  
         (a)  all Loans which would otherwise be made by such
    Bank as CD Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, as the case may
    be, shall be made instead as Base Rate Loans (on which
    interest and principal shall be payable contemporaneously
    with the related Fixed Rate Loans of the other Banks),
    and
  
         (b)  after each of its CD Loans or Euro-Dollar
    Loans, as the case may be, has been repaid, all payments
    of principal which would otherwise be applied to repay
    such Fixed Rate Loans shall be applied to repay its Base
    Rate Loans instead. 
  
  
                                  ARTICLE IX
  
                                   GUARANTY
  
  
         SECTION 9.01.  The Guaranty.  The Guarantor hereby
  unconditionally guarantees the full and punctual payment
  (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise)
  of the principal of and interest on each Note issued by the
  Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, and the full and punctual
  payment of all other amounts payable by the Borrower under
  this Agreement.  Upon failure by the Borrower to pay
  punctually any such amount, Guarantor shall forthwith on
  demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the
  manner specified in this Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 9.02.  Guaranty Unconditional.  The
  obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be unconditional
  and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the
  foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise
  affected by:
  
         (i) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise,
    waiver or release in respect of any obligation of the
    Borrower under this Agreement or any Note, by operation
    of law or otherwise;
  
         (ii) any modification or amendment of or supplement
    to this Agreement or any Note;
  
         (iii) any release, non-perfection or invalidity of
    any direct or indirect security for any obligation of the
    Borrower under this Agreement or any Note;
  
         (iv) any change in the corporate existence,
    structure or ownership of the Borrower or the Guarantor,
    or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other
    similar proceeding affecting the Borrower or its assets
    or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation
    of the Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Note;
  
         (v) the existence of any claim, set-off or other
    rights which the Guarantor may have at any time against
    the Borrower, the Agent, any Bank or any other Person,
    whether in connection herewith or any unrelated
    transactions, provided that nothing herein shall prevent
    the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or
    compulsory counterclaim;
  
         (vi) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to
    or against the Borrower for any reason of this Agreement
    or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or
    regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the
    Borrower of the principal of or interest on any Note or
    any other amount payable by the Borrower under this
    Agreement; or
  
         (vii) any other act or omission to act or delay of
    any kind by the Borrower, the Agent, any Bank or any
    other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which
    might, but for the provisions of this paragraph,
    constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the
    Guarantor's obligations hereunder. 
  
         SECTION 9.03.  Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full;
  Reinstatement In Certain Circumstances.  The Guarantor's
  obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect
  until the Commitments shall have been terminated and the
  principal of and interest on the Notes and all other amounts
  payable by the Borrower under this Agreement shall have been
  paid in full.  If at any time any payment of the principal of
  or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the
  Borrower under this Agreement is rescinded or must be
  otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy
  or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, the
  Guarantor's obligations hereunder with respect to such payment
  shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but
  not made at such time. 
  
         SECTION 9.04.  Waiver by the Guarantor.  The
  Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment,
  demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as
  well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken
  by any Person against the Borrower or any other Person. 
  
         SECTION 9.05.  Subrogation.  The Guarantor
  irrevocably waives any and all rights to which it may be
  entitled, by operation of law or otherwise, upon making any
  payment hereunder to be subrogated to the rights of the payee
  against the Borrower with respect to such payment or otherwise
  to be reimbursed, indemnified or exonerated by the Borrower in
  respect thereof. 
  
         SECTION 9.06.  Stay of Acceleration.  If
  acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by
  the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes is stayed upon
  the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower,
  all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the
  terms of this Agreement shall nonetheless be payable by the
  Guarantor hereunder forthwith on demand by the Agent made at
  the request of the requisite proportion of the Banks specified
  in Article VI of this Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 9.07.  Limit of Liability.  The obligations
  of the Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate
  amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its
  obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548
  of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable
  provisions of any applicable state law. 
  
  
                                  ARTICLE X
  
                                MISCELLANEOUS
  
  
         SECTION 10.01.  Notices.  All notices, requests and
  other communications to any party hereunder shall be in
  writing (including bank wire, telex, facsimile transmission or
  similar writing) and shall be given to such party:  (x) in the
  case of the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Agent, at its
  address or telex number set forth on the signature pages
  hereof, (y) in the case of any Bank, at its address or telex
  number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire or (z) in
  the case of any party, such other address or telex number as
  such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to
  the Agent and the Borrower.  Each such notice, request or
  other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telex,
  when such telex is transmitted to the telex number specified
  in this Section and the appropriate answerback is received,
  (ii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is
  deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid,
  addressed as aforesaid or (iii) if given by any other means,
  when delivered at the address specified in this Section;
  provided that notices to the Agent under Article II or Article
  VIII shall not be effective until received. 
  
         SECTION 10.02.  No Waivers.  No failure or delay by
  the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or
  privilege hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a
  waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
  thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
  exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights
  and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not
  exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 
  
         SECTION 10.03.  Expenses; Documentary Taxes;
  Indemnification.  (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all
  reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent, including
  reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel for the
  Agent, in connection with the preparation and administration
  of this Agreement, any waiver or consent hereunder or any
  amendment hereof or any Default or alleged Default hereunder
  and (ii) if an Event of Default occurs, all reasonable
  out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent and each Bank,
  including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, in
  connection with such Event of Default and collection,
  bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings
  resulting therefrom.  The Borrower shall indemnify each Bank
  against any transfer taxes, documentary taxes, assessments or
  charges made by any governmental authority by reason of the
  execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Note. 
  
         (b)  The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agent and
  each Bank, their respective affiliates and the respective
  directors, officers, agents and employees of the foregoing
  (each an "Indemnitee") and hold each Indemnitee harmless from
  and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs
  and expenses of any kind, including, without limitation, the
  reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, which may be
  incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any
  investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether
  or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto)
  brought or threatened relating to or arising out of this
  Agreement or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of Loans
  hereunder; provided that no Indemnitee shall have the right to
  be indemnified hereunder for such Indemnitee's own gross
  negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of
  competent jurisdiction. 
  
         SECTION 10.04.  Sharing of Set-Offs.  Each Bank
  agrees that if it shall, by exercising any right of set-off or
  counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment of a proportion of
  the aggregate amount of principal and interest due with
  respect to any Note held by it which is greater than the
  proportion received by any other Bank in respect of the
  aggregate amount of principal and interest due with respect to
  any Note held by such other Bank, the Bank receiving such
  proportionately greater payment shall purchase such
  participations in the Notes held by the other Banks, and such
  other adjustments shall be made, as may be required so that
  all such payments of principal and interest with respect to
  the Notes held by the Banks shall be shared by the Banks pro
  rata; provided that nothing in this Section shall impair the
  right of any Bank to exercise any right of set-off or
  counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to
  such exercise to the payment of indebtedness of the Borrower
  or the Guarantor, as the case may be, other than its
  indebtedness hereunder.  Each of the Borrower and the
  Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do
  so under applicable law, that any holder of a participation in
  a Note, whether or not acquired pursuant to the foregoing
  arrangements, may exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim
  and other rights with respect to such participation as fully
  as if such holder of a participation were a direct creditor of
  the Borrower or the Guarantor in the amount of such
  participation. 
  
         SECTION 10.05.  Amendments and Waivers.  Any
  provision of this Agreement or the Notes may be amended or
  waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing
  and is signed by the Borrower and the Required Banks (and, if
  the rights or duties of the Agent are affected thereby, by the
  Agent); provided that no such amendment or waiver shall,
  unless signed by all the Banks, (i) increase or decrease the
  Commitment of any Bank (except for a ratable decrease in the
  Commitments of all Banks) or subject any Bank to any
  additional obligation, (ii) reduce the principal of or rate of
  interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder, (iii) postpone the
  date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on any
  Loan or any fees hereunder or for termination of the
  Commitments, or (iv) change the percentage of the Commitments
  or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes, or
  the number of Banks, which shall be required for the Banks or
  any of them to take any action under this Section or any other
  provision of this Agreement; provided, further, that any
  amendment or waiver of any provision of Article IX shall not
  be effective unless also signed by the Guarantor. 
  
         SECTION 10.06.  Successors and Assigns.  (a)  The
  provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
  to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
  successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not
  assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights under this
  Agreement without the prior written consent of all Banks. 
  
         (b)  Any Bank may at any time grant to one or more
  banks or other institutions (each a "Participant")
  participating interests in its Commitment or any or all of its
  Loans.  In the event of any such grant by a Bank of a
  participating interest to a Participant, whether or not upon
  notice to the Borrower and the Agent, such Bank shall remain
  responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder,
  and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal solely
  and directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's
  rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement
  pursuant to which any Bank may grant such a participating
  interest shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole
  right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the
  Borrower hereunder including, without limitation, the right to
  approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision
  of this Agreement; provided that such participation agreement
  may provide that such Bank will not agree to any modification,
  amendment or waiver of this Agreement described in clause (i),
  (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 10.05 without the consent of
  the Participant.  The Borrower agrees that each Participant
  shall, to the extent provided in its participation agreement,
  be entitled to the benefits of Article VIII with respect to
  its participating interest.  An assignment or other transfer
  which is not permitted by subsection (c) or (d) below shall be
  given effect for purposes of this Agreement only to the extent
  of a participating interest granted in accordance with this
  subsection (b). 
  
         (c)  Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more
  banks or other institutions (each an "Assignee") all, or a
  proportionate part of all, of its rights and obligations under
  this Agreement and the Notes, and such Assignee shall assume
  such rights and obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and
  Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D
  hereto executed by such Assignee and such transferor Bank,
  with (and subject to) the subscribed consent of the Borrower,
  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and the
  Agent; provided that if an Assignee is an affiliate of such
  transferor Bank or is another Bank, no such consent shall be
  required; and provided, further, that if such assignment is of
  a proportionate part of a Bank's rights and obligations, the
  portion of such Bank's Commitment which is assigned shall be
  not less than $5,000,000.  Upon execution and delivery of such
  instrument and payment by such Assignee to such transferor
  Bank of an amount equal to the purchase price agreed between
  such transferor Bank and such Assignee, such Assignee shall be
  a Bank party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights
  and obligations of a Bank with a Commitment as set forth in
  such instrument of assumption, and the transferor Bank shall
  be released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding
  extent, and no further consent or action by any party shall be
  required.  Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to
  this subsection (c), the transferor Bank, the Agent and the
  Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if
  required, new Notes are issued to the Assignee.  In connection
  with any such assignment, the transferor Bank shall pay to the
  Agent an administrative fee for processing such assignment in
  the amount of $2,500.  If the Assignee is not incorporated
  under the laws of the United States of America or a state
  thereof, it shall, prior to the first date on which interest
  or fees are payable hereunder for its account, deliver to the
  Borrower and the Agent certification as to exemption from
  deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
  taxes in accordance with Section 2.14. 
  
         (d)  Any Bank may at any time, without the consent
  of the Borrower or the Agent, assign all or any portion of its
  rights under this Agreement and its Notes to a Federal Reserve
  Bank.  No such assignment shall release the transferor Bank
  from its obligations hereunder. 
  
         (e)  No Assignee, Participant or other transferee of
  any Bank's rights shall be entitled to receive any greater
  payment under Section 8.03 than such Bank would have been
  entitled to receive with respect to the rights transferred,
  unless such transfer is made with the Borrower's prior written
  consent or by reason of the provisions of Section 8.02 or 8.03
  requiring such Bank to designate a different Applicable
  Lending Office under certain circumstances or at a time when
  the circumstances giving rise to such greater payment did not
  exist. 
  
         SECTION 10.07.  Collateral.  Each of the Banks
  represents to the Agent and each of the other Banks that it in
  good faith is not relying upon any "margin stock" (as defined
  in Regulation U) as collateral in the extension or maintenance
  of the credit provided for in this Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 10.08.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and
  each Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance
  with the laws of the State of New York. 
  
         SECTION 10.09.  Counterparts; Integration.  This
  Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of
  which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
  signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. 
  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and
  understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes any and
  all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written,
  relating to the subject matter hereof. 
  
         SECTION 10.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE
  BORROWER, THE GUARANTOR, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY
  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
  LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT,
  THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
    <PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
  this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective
  authorized officers as of the day and year first above
  written. 
  
  
                        THE TURNER CORPORATION
  
  
  
                        By  /s/ Allen H. Wahlberg        
                           Title: Senior Vice President,
                                  Chief Financial Officer
                                  and Assistant Secretary
  
  
                        By  /s/ Donald G. Sleeman        
                           Title: Treasurer
  
  
                        375 Hudson Street
                        New York, New York  10014
                        Attention:  General Counsel
  
                        Telex number:
  
  
                        TURNER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
  
  
  
                        By  /s/ Allen H. Wahlberg        
                           Title: Vice President and
                                  Assistant Secretary
  
  
                        By  /s/ Donald G. Sleeman        
                           Title: Treasurer
  
                        375 Hudson Street
                        New York, New York  10014
                        Attention:  General Counsel
  
                          Telex number:<PAGE>
Commitments
  
  
  $10,000,000          MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                          OF NEW YORK
  
  
  
                        By  /s/ David T. Ellis         
                           Title:  Vice President
  
  
  $10,000,000          THE BANK OF NEW YORK
  
  
                        By  /s/ Stephen G. Petrula     
                          Title:  Vice President
  
  
  $10,000,000          CHEMICAL BANK
  
  
                        By  /s/ Richard W. Stewart     
                          Title:  Vice President
  
  
  $10,000,000          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
  
  
  
                        By  /s/ Joseph E. Long II
                          Title:  Vice President
  
   
  _________________
  
  Total Commitments
  
  $40,000,000
    ===========<PAGE>
                      MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                          OF NEW YORK, as Agent
  
  
  
                        By  /s/ David T. Ellis         
                           Title:  Vice President
                        60 Wall Street
                        New York, New York  10260
                        Attention:  Robert Bottamedi
                        Telex number:  177615
  
  
    <PAGE>
                                          EXHIBIT A
  
  
  
  
                                    NOTE
  
  
                                      New York, New York
                                      December 30, 1992
  
  
  
         For value received, The Turner Corporation, a
  Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the
  order of
  
  (the "Bank"), for the account of its Applicable Lending
  Office, the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the
  Bank to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred
  to below on the last day of the Interest Period relating to
  such Loan.  The Borrower promises to pay interest on the
  unpaid principal amount of each such Loan on the dates and at
  the rate or rates provided for in the Credit Agreement.  All
  such payments of principal and interest shall be made in
  lawful money of the United States in Federal or other
  immediately available funds at the office of Morgan Guaranty
  Trust Company of New York, 60 Wall Street, New York, New York.
  
         All Loans made by the Bank, the respective types and
  maturities thereof and all repayments of the principal thereof
  shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any transfer
  hereof, appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing
  information with respect to each such Loan then outstanding
  shall be endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto,
  or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a
  part hereof, which endorsements shall be, in the absence of
  manifest error, presumptive evidence of the amount of Loans
  outstanding at the time of such transfer; provided that the
  failure of the Bank to make any such recordation or
  endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower
  hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. 
  
         This note is one of the Notes referred to in the
  Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 1992 among The
  Turner Corporation, as Borrower, Turner Construction Company,
  as Guarantor, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof
  and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent (as
  the same may be amended from time to time, the "Credit
  Agreement").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used
  herein with the same meanings.  Reference is made to the
  Credit Agreement for provisions for the prepayment hereof and
  the acceleration of the maturity hereof. 
  
         Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payment of
  principal and interest on this Note is unconditionally
  guaranteed by Turner Construction Company, a New York
  corporation. 
  
  
                          THE TURNER CORPORATION
  
  
                          By____________________
                             Title:
  
  
                          By____________________
                             Title:
  
    <PAGE>
                         LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 


______________________________________________________________________________

            Amount     Type      Amount of
              of        of       Principal       Maturity    Notation
     Date   Loan       Loan       Repaid         Date        Made By
______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>
                                                   EXHIBIT B-1
  
  
  
  
  
                                 OPINION OF
                           COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY
  
  
  
  
  
                                    [Effective Date]
  
  
  To the Banks and the Agent
    Referred to Below
  c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
    of New York, as Agent
  60 Wall Street
  New York, New York  10260
  
  Dear Sirs:
  
  
         We have acted as counsel for The Turner Corporation,
  a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), in connection with
  the Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of
  December 30, 1992 among the Borrower, Turner Construction
  Company, a New York corporation, as Guarantor (the
  "Guarantor"), the banks listed on the signature pages thereof
  and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent. 
  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as
  therein defined. 
  
         We have examined originals or copies, certified or
  otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents,
  corporate records, certificates of public officials and other
  instruments and have conducted such other investigations of
  fact and law as we have deemed necessary or advisable for
  purposes of this opinion. 
  
         Based upon the foregoing and such examination of law
  as we have deemed necessary, we are of the opinion that:
  
         1.  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor is a
  corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
  standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, and
  has all corporate powers required to carry on its business as
  now conducted. 
  
         2.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
  Borrower and the Guarantor of the Credit Agreement and by the
  Borrower of the Notes and are within the Borrower's and the
  Guarantor's respective corporate powers, have been duly
  authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no
  action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental
  body, agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute
  a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation
  or of the respective certificates of incorporation or by-laws
  of the Borrower and the Guarantor or of any agreement,
  judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument of
  which we are aware binding upon the Borrower or the Guarantor
  or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien under any
  agreement of which we are aware on any asset of the Borrower
  or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
         3.  The Credit Agreement constitutes a valid and
  binding agreement of the Borrower and the Guarantor, and the
  Notes constitute valid and binding obligations of the
  Borrower, in each case enforceable against the Borrower or the
  Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with their
  respective terms, except as (i) the enforceability thereof may
  be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or
  similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii)
  rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable
  remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
  applicability. 
  
         4.  There is no action, suit or proceeding of which
  we are aware pending against, or to the best of our knowledge
  threatened against or affecting, the Borrower or any of its
  Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any
  governmental body, agency or official which in any manner
  draws into question the validity of the Credit Agreement or
  the Notes. 
  
                           Very truly yours,
    <PAGE>
                                              EXHIBIT B-2
  
  
  
                             OPINION OF GENERAL
                           COUNSEL OF THE COMPANY
  
  
  
  
  
                                    [Effective Date]
  
  
  To the Banks and the Agent
    Referred to Below
  c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
    of New York, as Agent
  60 Wall Street
  New York, New York  10260
  
  Dear Sirs:
  
  
         I am General Counsel of The Turner Corporation, a
  Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and Turner Construction
  Company, a New York corporation (the Guarantor"). 
  
         I have examined the Credit Agreement (the "Credit
  Agreement") dated as of December 30, 1992 among the Borrower,
  Guarantor, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and
  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent, as well
  as originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
  my satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records,
  certificates of public officials and other instruments and
  have conducted such other investigations of fact and law as I
  have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
  opinion.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used
  herein as therein defined. 
  
         Upon the basis of the foregoing, I am of the opinion
  that:
  
         1.  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor is a
  corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
  standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, and
  has all corporate powers and all material governmental
  licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to
  carry on its business as now conducted. 
  
         2.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
  Borrower and the Guarantor of the Credit Agreement and by the
  Borrower of the Notes do not contravene, or constitute a
  default under, any provision of any agreement, judgment,
  injunction, order, decree or other instrument of which I am
  aware binding upon the Borrower or the Guarantor or result in
  the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the
  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
         3.  There is no action, suit or proceeding of which
  I am aware pending against, or to the best of my knowledge
  threatened against or affecting, the Borrower or any of its
  Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any
  governmental body, agency or official, in which there is a
  reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could
  materially adversely affect the business, consolidated
  financial position or consolidated results of operations of
  the Borrower its Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a
  whole or which in any manner draws into question the validity
  of the Credit Agreement or the Notes. 
  
  
  
                           Very truly yours,
  
    <PAGE>
                                            EXHIBIT C
  
  
  
  
                                 OPINION OF
                   DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL, SPECIAL COUNSEL
                               FOR THE AGENT             
  
  
  
  
  
                                 [Effective Date]
  
  
  To the Banks and the Agent
    Referred to Below
  c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
    of New York, as Agent
  60 Wall Street
  New York, New York  10260
  
  Dear Sirs:
  
  
         We have participated in the preparation of the
  Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of December
  30, 1992 among The Turner Corporation, a Delaware corporation
  (the "Borrower"), Turner Construction Company, a New York
  corporation, as Guarantor (the "Guarantor"), the banks listed
  on the signature pages thereof (the "Banks") and Morgan
  Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent (the "Agent"),
  and have acted as special counsel for the Agent for the
  purpose of rendering this opinion pursuant to Section 3.01(d)
  of the Credit Agreement.  Terms defined in the Credit
  Agreement are used herein as therein defined. 
  
         We have examined originals or copies, certified or
  otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents,
  corporate records, certificates of public officials and other
  instruments and have conducted such other investigations of
  fact and law as we have deemed necessary or advisable for
  purposes of this opinion. 
  
         Upon the basis of the foregoing, we are of the
  opinion that:
  
         1.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
  Borrower and the Guarantor of the Credit Agreement and by the
  Borrower of the Notes are within the Borrower's and the
  Guarantor's respective corporate powers and have been duly
  authorized by all necessary corporate action. 
  
         2.  The Credit Agreement constitutes a valid and
  binding agreement of the Borrower and the Guarantor, and the
  Notes constitute valid and binding obligations of the
  Borrower, in each case enforceable in accordance with their
  respective terms, except as (i) the validity, binding nature
  or enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
  insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting
  creditors' rights generally and (ii) rights of acceleration
  and the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by
  equitable principles of general applicability. 
  
         In giving the foregoing opinion, we express no
  opinion as to the effect (if any) of any law of any
  jurisdiction (except the State of New York) in which any Bank
  is located which limits the rate of interest that such Bank
  may charge or collect. 
  
                            Very truly yours,
    <PAGE>
                                            EXHIBIT D
  
  
  
                     ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
  
  
  
         AGREEMENT dated as of _________, 19__ among
  [ASSIGNOR] (the "Assignor"), [ASSIGNEE] (the "Assignee"), THE
  TURNER CORPORATION (the "Borrower") and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
  COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Agent (the "Agent"). 
  
                             W I T N E S S E T H
  
         WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement
  (the "Agreement") relates to the Credit Agreement dated as of
  December 30, 1992 among the Borrower, Turner Construction
  Company, as Guarantor, the Assignor and the other Banks party
  thereto, as Banks, and the Agent (the "Credit Agreement");
  
         WHEREAS, as provided under the Credit Agreement, the
  Assignor has a Commitment to make Loans to the Borrower in an
  aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to
  exceed $__________;
  
         WHEREAS, Loans made to the Borrower by the Assignor
  under the Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount
  of $__________ are outstanding at the date hereof; and
  
         WHEREAS, the Assignor proposes to assign to the
  Assignee all of the rights of the Assignor under the Credit
  Agreement in respect of a portion of its Commitment thereunder
  in an amount equal to $__________ (the "Assigned Amount"),
  together with a corresponding portion of its outstanding
  Loans, and the Assignee proposes to accept assignment of such
  rights and assume the corresponding obligations from the
  Assignor on such terms;
  
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
  and the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto
  agree as follows:
  
         SECTION 1.  Definitions. All capitalized terms not
  otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings
  set forth in the Credit Agreement. 
  
         SECTION 2.  Assignment.  The Assignor hereby assigns
  and sells to the Assignee all of the rights of the Assignor
  under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the Assigned
  Amount, and the Assignee hereby accepts such assignment from
  the Assignor and assumes all of the obligations of the
  Assignor under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the
  Assigned Amount, including the purchase from the Assignor of
  the corresponding portion of the principal amount of the Loans
  made by the Assignor outstanding at the date hereof.  Upon the
  execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor, the Assignee,
  the Borrower and the Agent and the payment of the amounts
  specified in Section 3 required to be paid on the date hereof
  (i) the Assignee shall, as of the date hereof, succeed to the
  rights and be obligated to perform the obligations of a Bank
  under the Credit Agreement with a Commitment in an amount
  equal to the Assigned Amount, and (ii) the Commitment of the
  Assignor shall, as of the date hereof, be reduced by a like
  amount and the Assignor released from its obligations under
  the Credit Agreement to the extent such obligations have been
  assumed by the Assignee.  The assignment provided for herein
  shall be without recourse to the Assignor. 
  
         SECTION 3.  Payments.  As consideration for the
  assignment and sale contemplated in Section 2 hereof, the
  Assignee shall pay to the Assignor on the date hereof in
  Federal funds an amount equal to $_________.  It is
  understood that commitment and/or facility fees accrued to the
  date hereof are for the account of the Assignor and such fees
  accruing from and including the date hereof are for the
  account of the Assignee.  Each of the Assignor and the
  Assignee hereby agrees that if it receives any amount under
  the Credit Agreement which is for the account of the other
  party hereto, it shall receive the same for the account of
  such other party to the extent of such other party's interest
  therein and shall promptly pay the same to such other party. 
  
         SECTION 4.  Consent of the Borrower and the
  Agent/Agreement of the Borrower.  This Agreement is
  conditioned upon the consent of the Borrower and the Agent
  pursuant to Section 10.06(c) of the Credit Agreement.  The
  execution of this Agreement by the Borrower and the Agent is
  evidence of this consent.  Pursuant to Section 10.06(c) of the
  Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to execute and deliver a
  substitute Note payable to the order of the Assignee to
  evidence the assignment and assumption provided for herein. 
  
         SECTION 5.  Non-Reliance on Assignor.  The Assignor
  makes no representation or warranty in connection with, and
  shall have no responsibility with respect to, the solvency,
  financial condition, or statements of the Borrower, or the
  validity and enforceability of the obligations of the Borrower
  in respect of the Credit Agreement or any Note.  The Assignee
  acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
  on the Assignor, and based on such documents and information
  as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
  decision to enter into this Agreement and will continue to be
  responsible for making its own independent appraisal of the
  business, affairs and financial condition of the Borrower. 
  
         SECTION 6.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be
  governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
  State of New York. 
  
         SECTION 7.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be
  signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
  an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto
  and hereto were upon the same instrument. 
    <PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this
  Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly
  authorized officers as of the date first above written. 
  
  
   
                             [ASSIGNOR]
  
  
                             By_________________________
                               Title:
   
  
  
   
                             [ASSIGNEE]
  
  
                             By__________________________
                               Title:
  
   
                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
  
  
                             By__________________________
                               Title:
   
  
                             By__________________________
                               Title:
   
  
                             MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                               OF NEW YORK
  
  
                             By__________________________
                               Title:
    <PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT E
  
  
  
                             EXTENSION AGREEMENT
  
  
  
  
  The Turner Corporation
  375 Hudson Street
  New York, New York  10014
  
  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
    of New York, as Agent
    under the Credit Agreement
    referred to below
  60 Wall Street
  New York, NY  10260
  
  Gentlemen:
  
         The undersigned hereby agree to extend, effective
  December 30, 1993, the term of the Credit Agreement dated as
  of December 30, 1992 among The Turner Corporation, Turner
  Construction Corporation, the Banks listed therein and Morgan
  Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent (the "Credit
  Agreement") for one year to December 30, 1996.  Terms defined
  in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.
  
         This Extension Agreement shall be construed in
  accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New
  York.
  
                             MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                               OF NEW YORK
  
  
                             By____________________________
                               Title:
  
  
                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
  
  
                             By____________________________
                               Title:  
  
  
                             CHEMICAL BANK
  
  
                             By___________________________
                               Title:  
  
  
                             HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
  
  
  
                             By____________________________
                               Title:  
  
  
  Agreed and accepted:
  
  THE TURNER CORPORATION
  
  
  By________________________
    Title:
  
  
  By________________________
    Title:
  
  
  
  TURNER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
  
  
  By________________________
    Title:
  
  
  By________________________
    Title:
  
  
  
  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
    OF NEW YORK, as Agent
  
  
  By____________________
    Title:
  
    <PAGE>
                                     SCHEDULE A
  
  
  
                      Subsidiaries of the Borrower Not
               Engaged in the Real Estate Development Business
  
  
  Turner Construction Company
  Turner International Industries, Inc. 
  Ameristone, Incorporated
  Mideast Construction Services, Inc. 
  B-F-W Construction Co., Inc. 
  Universal Construction Company Inc. 
  Trans-Con of Delaware Inc. 
  Turner Co-Generation Investment Corporation
  Rickenbacker Holdings, Inc. 
  Rickenbacker Development Corporation
  Turner Energy Services, Inc. 
  Turner Investment Corporation
  Burwharf Corporation
    <PAGE>
                                     SCHEDULE B
  
  
  
                        Subsidiaries of the Borrower
                         Engaged in the Real Estate
                            Development Business
   
  
  Turner Development Corporation
    <PAGE>
                                     SCHEDULE C
  
  
  
                        Designated Joint Ventures and
                     Designated Joint Venture Agreements
   
  
    Designated Joint                      Designated Joint
        Venture                          Venture Agreements
  
  The Turner Corporation
  
    Turner-Harwood Ventures    Agreement of Limited Partnership
      Limited Partnership             of Turner-Harwood Ventures
                                 Limited Partnership dated
                                 July 14, 1988
  
    Bellewood Commons Limited       Agreement of Limited Partnership
      Partnership                of Bellewood Commons Limited
                                 Partnership dated September
                                 8, 1988
  
    Turner Steiner                  Agreement dated July 20, 1992.
      International SA           50% jointly owned with Karl
                                 Steiner Holding AG
  
    Birmden Associates         Joint Venture Agreement between
                                 Burwharf Corporation, a wholly
                                 owned subsidiary of The Turner
                                 Corporation, and A & N Corporation.
                                 Agreement to be signed in 1992
  
  Turner Construction Company
  
    Diversified/Turner Joint   Joint Venture Agreement between
      Venture Agreement           Diversified Investors, Inc. and
                                  Turner Construction Company
                                  dated May 13, 1985
  
    Rickenbacker One, A        Agreement and Certificate of
      Limited Partnership              Limited Partnership dated
                                  June 27, 1985
  
  Turner Development Corporation
  
    One Laurel Place, Ltd.          One Laurel Place, Ltd. Agreement
                                 of Limited Partnership dated
                                 April 4, 1980
  
                               Agreement dated December 20, 1982
                                 assigning limited partnership
                                 interests
  
    Fairmont Turner Venture    Joint Venture Agreement dated
                                 January 31, 1980, as amended by
                                 amendments dated January 31,
                                 1980 and April 21, 1982
  
    Pacific First Plaza       Agreement of Limited Partnership
      Limited Partnership            of Pacific First Plaza Limited
                                Partnership dated
                                December 29, 1988
  
    Portland Avenue Investors      Limited Partnership Agreement and
      Limited Partnership            Certificate of Limited
                                Partnership of Portland Avenue
                                Investors, A Limited Partnership
                                dated August 20, 1985
  
    Trident Associates         Limited Partnership Agreement
                                 dated August 27, 1980
  
    Turner Harwood Venture          Turner Harwood Venture at
      at Willowwood Plaza             Willowwood Joint Venture
                                 Agreement dated
                                 February 14, 1986
  
                               Agreement of Sale and Purchase
                                 dated November 24, 1986
                                 between Turner
                                 Development Corporation and
                                 Damon Harwood Company, Inc. 
  
                               Amendment & Agreement of Sale
                                 and Purchase dated September
                                 13, 1988 between Turner-Harwood
                                 Venture at Willowwood and the
                                 Equitable Life Assurance
                                 Society of the United States
  
    TDC-Harwood Venture at          TDC-Harwood Venture at Fair Oaks
      Fair Oaks III                   III Joint Agreement dated
                                 October 21, 1983
  
                               Agreement of Sale and Purchase
                                 dated January 10, 1985 between
                                 TDC-Harwood Venture at Fair
                                 Oaks III and the Equitable
                                 Variable Life Insurance Company
  
    TDC-Harwood Venture        Turner-Harwood Venture at Pinewood
      at Pinewood Plaza          Joint Venture Agreement dated
                                 August 1, 1985
  
  Lexcon Building Systems, Inc. 
  
    Galbraeth - 600 Superior   Amended and Restated Agreement of
      Limited Partnership             Limited Partnership of Galbraeth-
                                 600 Superior Limited Partnership
                                 dated May 1, 1989
  
  Turner Energy Services, Inc. 
  
    19% of Turner Power        A corporate joint venture between
      Group, Inc.                Turner Energy Services, Inc.,
                                 Data Acquisitions Services, Inc.    
                                 and DAS Cogeneration Corporation,
                                 dated July 1, 1986, as amended on
                                 June 19, 1987
  
  Turner International Industries, Inc. 
  
    7.5% of TSA Construction Ltd. 
  
    50% of Turner A.B.S. 
      International Inc. 
  
  Turner International Limited
  
    38% of D&J Construction    Shareholders Agreement dated
      Company Limited                  August 5, 1985
  
    20% of D&J Excavating
      Company Limited
  
  Ameristone, Incorporated
  
    50% of Grant Ameristone
      Limited
  

           [COMPOSITE CONFORMED COPY]
  
  
  
                    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
  
  
  
         AMENDMENT dated as of December 31, 1993 to the
  Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 1992 (the
  "Agreement") among THE TURNER CORPORATION (the "Borrower"),
  TURNER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, as Guarantor, the BANKS listed
  on the signature pages thereof (the "Banks") and MORGAN
  GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Agent (the "Agent").
  
  
                           W I T N E S S E T H :
  
  
         WHEREAS, the Borrower and the undersigned Banks
  desire to amend the definition of Fixed Charges, the
  definition of Income Available for Fixed Charges, the
  definition of Consolidated Adjusted Current Liabilities, the
  covenant relating to Fixed Charge Coverage and the covenant
  relating to Debt in the Agreement;
  
         NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned parties hereto
  agree as follows:
  
         SECTION 1.  Definitions; References.  Unless
  otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein
  which is defined in the Agreement has the meaning assigned
  to such term in the Agreement.  Each reference to "hereof",
  "hereunder", "herein" and "hereby" and each other similar
  reference and each reference to "this Agreement" and each
  other similar reference contained in the Agreement shall
  from and after the date hereof refer to the Agreement as
  amended hereby.
  
         SECTION 2.  Fixed Charges.  The definition of
  "Fixed Charges" in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is amended
  to read as follows:
  
         "Fixed Charges" for any period means (i) interest 
       expense (including interest expense under capital
         leases) and rental expense under operating leases, to
         the extent deducted in determining the consolidated net
         income of the Borrower and its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries for such period, and (ii) dividends on
         preferred stock of the Borrower and its Consolidated
         Subsidiaries for such period.  
  
         SECTION 3.  Income Available for Fixed Charges. 
  The definition of "Income Available for Fixed Charges" in
  Section 1.01 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
  
         "Income Available for Fixed Charges" for any 
       period means the consolidated net income of the
         Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such
         period, plus (to the extent deducted in determining
         such consolidated net income), without duplication:
  
         (i)  income taxes,
  
         (ii) depreciation and amortization, 
  
         (iii)      Fixed Charges,
  
         (iv) any reduction in the carrying value of the
              Borrower's Rickenbacker facility, and
  
         (v)  if such period includes the fourth fiscal
              quarter of 1993, the restructuring charge
              and reserves relating to real estate taken
              by the Borrower and its Consolidated
              Subsidiaries in such fiscal quarter, 
  
    minus the sum of:
  
         (vi) any increase during such period in the
              carrying value of the Borrower's
              Rickenbacker facility, to the extent that
              such increase is included in such
              consolidated net income, and 
  
         (vii)      all cash payments made by the Borrower and
                    its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such
                    period that were not deducted in determining
                    such consolidated net income because they
                    were provided for in the restructuring
                    charge referred to in clause (v) above.
  
         SECTION 4.  Consolidated Adjusted Current
  Liabilities.  The definition of "Consolidated Adjusted
  Current Liabilities" in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is
  amended to read as follows:
  
         "Consolidated Adjusted Current Liabilities" means
       at any date (i) the consolidated current liabilities of
         the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus
         (ii) the current liabilities of any Person (other than
         the Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary) which are
         Guaranteed by the Borrower or a Consolidated
         Subsidiary, all determined as of such date on the
         assumption that consolidated current liabilities
         includes all obligations of the Borrower or a
         Consolidated Subsidiary of which the Borrower
         reasonably expects the obligor would be relieved (by
         discharge, assumption by a third party or otherwise)
         upon sale of real estate which on such date is held for
         sale; provided that consolidated current liabilities of
         the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries shall
         not include any payments of principal of the Loans.
  
         SECTION 5.  Fixed Charge Coverage.  Section 5.10
  of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
  
         SECTION 5.10.   Fixed Charge Coverage. The Fixed
    Charge Ratio will not, for any period of four
    consecutive fiscal quarters ending during any Period
    set forth below, be less than the ratio set forth
    opposite such Period:
  
                                          Minimum Fixed
               Period                          Charge Ratio
  
         October 1, 1993 through             1.10
         September 30, 1994
  
         October 1, 1994 through             1.25
         December 31, 1994
  
         January 1, 1995 through             1.35
         September 30, 1995
  
         October 1, 1995 through             1.60
         December 31, 1996   
  
         SECTION 6.  Debt.  Section 5.08 of the Agreement
  is amended to read as follows:
  
              SECTION 5.08.  Debt.  The Leverage Ratio
    will at no time during any Period set forth below
    exceed the ratio set forth opposite such Period:
  
              Period              Maximum Leverage Ratio
  
         January 1, 1994 through             3.00
         December 31, 1994
  
         January 1, 1995 through             2.75
         December 31, 1995
  
         January 1, 1996 through             2.50
         December 31, 1996
  
         SECTION 7.  Interest Rates.  (a)  The definition
  of "Base Rate Margin" in Section 2.06(a) of the Agreement is
  amended to read as follows:
  
         The "Base Rate Margin" for any day means 0.75%.
  
    (b)  The definition of "CD Margin" in Section 2.06(b)
  of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
  
         The applicable "CD Margin" for any day means
         2.375%.
  
    (c)  The definition of "Euro-Dollar Margin" in Section
  2.06(c) of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
  
         The "Euro-Dollar Margin" for any day means 2.25%.
  
         SECTION 8.  Restricted Payments.  The undersigned
  parties intend to negotiate in good faith a further
  amendment of the Agreement to add a covenant restricting the
  aggregate amount that may be applied by the Borrower and its
  Subsidiaries from time to time to pay dividends on or
  repurchase or otherwise retire shares of the Borrower's
  capital stock and/or any options, warrants or other rights
  to acquire shares of its capital stock.
  
         SECTION 9.  Rights Otherwise Unaffected.  This
  Amendment is limited to the matters expressly set forth
  herein.  Except to the extent specifically amended hereby,
  all terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
  effect.
  
         SECTION 10.  Governing Law.  This Amendment shall
  be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
  the State of New York.
  
         SECTION 11. Counterparts; Effectiveness.  This
  Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each
  of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if
  the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same
  instrument.  This Amendment shall become effective as of the
  date and year first written above when the Agent shall have
  received (i) duly executed counterparts hereof signed by the
  Borrower, the Guarantor and the Required Banks (or, in the
  case of any party as to which an executed counterpart shall
  not have been received, the Agent shall have received
  telegraphic, telex or other written confirmation from such
  party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party)
  and (ii) payment of an amendment fee for the account of each
  Bank equal to 3/16 of 1% of such Bank's Commitment.
  
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
  this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first
  above written.
  
                             THE TURNER CORPORATION
  
  
                             By  /s/David J. Smith    
                                Title: Senior Vice
                                          President and 
                                       Chief Financial
                                          Officer
  
  
                             TURNER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
  
  
                             By  /s/Donald G. Sleeman 
                                Title: Treasurer
  
  
                             MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                               OF NEW YORK
  
  
                             By  /s/David T. Ellis    
                                Title: Vice President
  
  
                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
  
  
                             By  /s/Parry D. Gosling  
                                Title: Assistant Vice
                                       President
  
  
                             CHEMICAL BANK
  
  
                             By  /s/Peter C. Eckstein 
                                Title: Vice President
  
  
                             HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
  
  
                             By  /s/David L. Sauerman 
                                Title: Vice President

                                     
                                                       Exhibit 10(h)

                                     

                             A G R E E M E N T

                                     

                                  between

                                     

                          THE TURNER CORPORATION

                                     

                                    and

                                     

                                     

                                     

                         DATED AS OF JULY 1, 1993

                                     

     AGREEMENT between THE TURNER CORPORATION (the "Company") and
(the "Executive"), dated as of July 1, 1993


                            W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, the Executive is a principal officer of the Company, and the

Company wishes to assure itself of continuity of management in the event of

any actual or threatened change in control of the company;

     NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

     1.    Operation of Agreement

     1.01  This Agreement shall be effective immediately but shall be

operative only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, as defined in

paragraph 1.02, prior to June 30, 1996 and while the Executive is in the

employ of the Company.

     1.02  A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if


              (i)     the Company shall cease to be a publicly owned
corporation
     having at least 500 stockholders, or

              (ii)    more than 30% of the Company's outstanding securities
     entitled to vote in elections of directors shall be acquired by any
person
     (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934), or

              (iii)    the Board of Directors of the Company determines
that
     a tender offer statement filed by any person (as so defined) with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission indicates an intention on the
     part of such person to acquire control of the Company, or

              (iv)    during any period of 24 consecutive months commencing
     before or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the
     beginning of such period were directors of the Company cease for
     any reason to constitute a majority of its Board of Directors.

     2.    Employment
     2.01  The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall

serve the Company, from the date of a Change of Control until (i) the

second anniversary of such Change of Control or (ii) the Executive's 65th

birthday, whichever shall first occur (the "Period of Employment").

     2.02  During the Period of Employment the Executive shall serve in the

position in which he served, and have the duties which he performed,

immediately prior to the Change of Control.

     2.03  The Executive shall not be required to locate his office more

than 100 miles distant from his office immediately prior to the Change of

Control, or to be absent therefrom more than 100 working days in any year.


     3.   Compensation
     3.01  For all services rendered during the Period of Employment, the

Executive shall receive:


              (i)     a salary, payable monthly, at the annual rate of
salary of the Executive paid immediately prior to a Change of Control,
which such increases as shall be awarded in accordance with the Company's
regular administrative practices in effect immediately prior to the Change
in Control, and

              (ii)    an annual award under the Company's Executive
Incentive
     Compensation Plan in accordance with the Company's regular
administrative
     practices in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control.
     3.02  Upon a Change in Control, any stock options and stock

appreciation rights held by the Executive shall become exercisable

immediately.

     3.03  During the Period of Employment the Executive shall be entitled

to (i) perquisites, (ii) vacation rights, (iii) benefits (and service

credit for benefits) under employee benefit and retirement plans, or (iv)

indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates and (v)

reimbursement of reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of his

duties, in each case on a basis at least as favorable to the Executive as

that applicable immediately prior to the Change in Control.

     4.    Termination

     4.01  In the event of a Termination, as defined in paragraph 4.03, the

Company shall pay to the Executive within 20 days, in lieu of all damages

to which he might otherwise be entitled under this Agreement.

     (a)  A lump sum, equal to the total of the salary that would have been

paid pursuant to paragraph 3.01 (i) for a period of 2.99 years from the

date of Termination (but in no event beyond the Executive's 65th birthday)

if such Termination had not occurred, without discount to present value and

without regard to any increase in salary which would otherwise have been

paid, plus the average over the preceding three years of any bonus or award

paid under the  Company's Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

     (b)  A lump sum, in full substitution for any rights under all

outstanding awards and elections to Defer under the Executive Incentive

Compensation Plan held by the Executive at the time of such Termination.

     4.02  In the event of Termination, the Executive shall continue to be

entitled to all employee welfare benefits (including death benefits,

disability benefits, and medical and dental benefits) and indemnification

rights, as if the Executive had continued to be employed by the Company

under this Agreement for a period of 2.99 years from the date of

Termination (but in no event beyond the Executive's 65th birthday).

     4.03   "Termination" shall mean:

                     (a)  Termination by the Company of the Executive's

employment for any reason other than "Total Disability," as defined in the

Turner Staff Handbook as amended to June 1987, or "Cause," defined as the

Executive's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or a

crime involving moral turpitude or intended to result in gain to or

personal enrichment of the Executive at the Company's expense; or

              (b)  Termination by the Executive of his employment upon the

occurrence of any of the following events:


              (i)      Failure to reelect the Executive to, or removal of
the
                       Executive from, any office, directorship or other
position
               held by him immediately prior to a Change of Control;

                   (ii)     A significant adverse change in the Executive's
compensation
                       or any other breach of this Agreement by the
Company, which
               in either event is not remedied within 30 days after
delivery to
               the Board of Directors of written notice from the Executive;

              (iii)    The liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the
transfer of
               a majority of its assets to a transferee who is not bound by
this
               Agreement pursuant to paragraph 5.04;
provided that the Executive shall elect to terminate his employment by

written notice to the Board of Directors, given within one month after the

occurrence of the event or the expiration of any applicable cure period.

An election by the Executive to terminate his employment under this sub-

paragraph shall be deemed a voluntary termination by the Executive for any

purpose.

     5.     General Provisions

     5.01  This Agreement shall not limit the right of the Company or the

Executive to terminate his employment prior to a Change of Control.

     5.02  In the event that the Executive brings suit to enforce any

payment obligations of the Company to Section 4 of this Agreement and

judgment therein is entered against the Company, the Executive shall be

entitled to recover from the Company (a) all legal expenses incurred by the

Executive in connection with the suit and (b) an amount equal to twice the

amount which the Company would otherwise have been required to pay to the

Executive pursuant to such Section 4.

     5.03  If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be

invalid, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force to the fullest

extent permitted by law.

     5.04  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of

the Company and any successor of the Company including any corporation

acquiring (by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) all or

substantially all of the assets of this Company (and such successor shall

thereafter be deemed "the Company" for the purposes of this Agreement), but

shall not otherwise be assignable by the Company.

     5.05  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New

York.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the

day and year first above written.



                                   THE TURNER CORPORATION



                                   By:______________________

                                            Chairman of the Board


                                   By:______________________



                                     


                                                       Exhibit

10(i)

                                     

                                     

                                     

                             A G R E E M E N T

                                     

                                  between

                                     

                                     

                                     

                                    and

                                     

                                     

                                     

                         DATED AS OF JULY 1, 1993

                                     

     AGREEMENT between
(the "Company") and

                                        (the "Executive"), dated
as of July 1, 1993.


                            W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, the Executive is a principal officer of the Company,

and the Company wishes to assure itself of continuity of

management in the event of any actual or threatened change in

control of The Turner Corporation ("Turner"), its parent company;

     NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

     1.    Operation of Agreement

     1.01  This Agreement shall be effective immediately but shall

be operative only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, as

defined in paragraph 1.02, prior to June 30, 1996 and while the

Executive is in the employ of the Company.

     1.02  A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred

if at any time when the Company is a majority-owned subsidiary of

Turner,


              (i)     Turner shall cease to be a publicly owned
corporation
     having at least 500 stockholders, or

              (ii)    more than 30% of the Turner's outstanding
securities
     entitled to vote in elections of directors shall be acquired
by any person
     (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934), or

              (iii)    the Board of Directors of Turner determines
that a tender
     offer statement filed by any person (as so defined) with the
Securities and
     Exchange Commission indicates an intention on the part of
such person to
     acquire control of Turner, or

              (iv)    during any period of 24 consecutive months
commencing
     before or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who
at the
     beginning of such period were directors of Turner cease for
     any reason to constitute a majority of its Board of
Directors.

     2.    Employment
     2.01  The Company shall employ the Executive, and the

Executive shall serve the Company, from the date of a Change of

Control until (i) the second anniversary of such Change of Control

or (ii) the Executive's 65th birthday, whichever shall first occur

(the "Period of Employment").

     2.02  During the Period of Employment the Executive shall

serve in the position in which he served, and have the duties

which he performed, immediately prior to the Change of Control.

     2.03  The Executive shall not be required to locate his

office more than 100 miles distant from his office immediately

prior to the Change of Control, or to be absent therefrom more

than 100 working days in any year.


     3.   Compensation
     3.01  For all services rendered during the Period of

Employment, the Executive shall receive:


              (i)     a salary, payable monthly, at the annual
rate of salary of the Executive paid    immediately prior to a
Change of Control, which such increases as shall be awarded in
accordance with the Company's regular administrative practices in
effect immediately prior           to the Change in Control, and

              (ii)    an annual award under the Company's
Executive Incentive
     Compensation Plan in accordance with the Company's regular
administrative
     practices in effect immediately prior to the Change of
Control.
     3.02  Upon a Change in Control, any stock options and stock

appreciation rights held by the Executive shall become exercisable

immediately.

     3.03  During the Period of Employment the Executive shall be

entitled to (i) perquisites, (ii) vacation rights, (iii) benefits

(and service credit for benefits) under employee benefit and

retirement plans, or (iv) indemnification by the Company or any of

its affiliates and (v) reimbursement of reasonable expenses

incurred by him in the course of his duties, in each case on a

basis at least as favorable to the Executive as that applicable

immediately prior to the Change in Control.

     4.    Termination

     4.01  In the event of a Termination, as defined in paragraph

4.03, the Company shall pay to the Executive within 20 days, in

lieu of all damages to which he might otherwise be entitled under

this Agreement.

     (a)  A lump sum, equal to the total of the salary that would

have been paid pursuant to paragraph 3.01 (i) for a period of one

year from the date of Termination (but in no event beyond the

Executive's 65th birthday) if such Termination had not occurred,

without discount to present value and without regard to any

increase in salary which would otherwise have been paid, plus the

average over the preceding three years of any bonus or award paid

under the  Company's Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

     (b)  A lump sum, in full substitution for any rights under

all outstanding awards and elections to Defer under the Executive

Incentive Compensation Plan held by the Executive at the time of

such Termination.

     4.02  In the event of Termination, the Executive shall

continue to be entitled to all employee welfare benefits

(including death benefits, disability benefits, and medical and

dental benefits) and indemnification rights, as if the Executive

had continued to be employed by the Company under this Agreement

for a period of one year from the date of Termination (but in no

event beyond the Executive's 65th birthday).

     4.03   "Termination" shall mean:

                     (a)  Termination by the Company of the

Executive's employment for any reason other than "Total

Disability," as defined in the Turner Staff Handbook as amended to

June 1987, or "Cause," defined as the Executive's conviction of,

or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving moral

turpitude or intended to result in gain to or personal enrichment

of the Executive at the Company's expense; or

              (b)  Termination by the Executive of his employment

upon the occurrence of any of the following events:


              (i)      Failure to reelect the Executive to, or
removal of the
                       Executive from, any office, directorship or
other position
               held by him immediately prior to a Change of
Control;

                   (ii)     A significant adverse change in the
Executive's compensation
                       or any other breach of this Agreement by
the Company, which
               in either event is not remedied within 30 days
after delivery to
               the Board of Directors of written notice from the
Executive;

              (iii)    The liquidation or dissolution of the
Company or the transfer of

               a majority of its assets to a transferee who is not
bound by this
               Agreement pursuant to paragraph 5.04;
provided that the Executive shall elect to terminate his

employment by written notice to the Board of Directors, given

within one month after the occurrence of the event or the

expiration of any applicable cure period.  An election by the

Executive to terminate his employment under this sub-paragraph

shall be deemed a voluntary termination by the Executive for any

purpose.

     5.     General Provisions

     5.01  This Agreement shall not limit the right of the Company

or the Executive to terminate his employment prior to a Change of

Control.

     5.02  In the event that the Executive brings suit to enforce

any payment obligations of the Company to Section 4 of this

Agreement and judgment therein is entered against the Company, the

Executive shall be entitled to recover from the Company (a) all

legal expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the

suit and (b) an amount equal to twice the amount which the Company

would otherwise have been required to pay to the Executive

pursuant to such Section 4.

     5.03  If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined

to be invalid, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force

to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     5.04  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the

benefit of the Company and any successor of the Company including

any corporation acquiring (by way of merger, consolidation or

otherwise) all or substantially all of the assets of this Company

(and such successor shall thereafter be deemed "the Company" for

the purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be

assignable by the Company.

     5.05  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the

State of New York.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement

as of the day and year first above written.


                                   By:_____________________
                                        Chairman of the Board


                                   By:_____________________





<TABLE>
   					Exhibit 11					
THE TURNER CORPORATION										
AND SUBSIDIARIES										
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE										
<CAPTION>										
																		
										
										
PRIMARY	                              1993		       1992		      1991					
<S>                                <C>							   	<C>           <C>		
Weighted average common and common 										
     equivalent shares outstanding	"5,186,442 "		"5,074,943 "		"4,981,152 "					
										
Income (loss) before extraordinary gain and										
"cumulative effect of accounting change,"										
less  Series B preferred dividends (net of tax)										
and Series C preferred dividends	"($8,035,000)"		"$792,000 "		"$10,246,000 "					
										
"Extraordinary gain, net of tax"	-		"316,000 "		-					
										
"Cumulative effect of accounting change,"										
net of tax	-		"1,454,000 "		-					
										
Net income (loss) available to										
     common shareholders 	"($8,035,000)"		"$2,562,000 "		"$10,246,000 "					
										
										
Primary earnings (loss) per common share:										
     Before extraordinary gain and										
        cumulative effect of accounting change	($1.55)		$0.15 		$2.06 					
     Extraordinary gain	-		0.06 		-					
     Cumulative effect of accounting change	-		0.29 		-					
     Net income (loss) per common share	($1.55)		$0.50 		$2.06 					
										
										
										
										
										

THE TURNER CORPORATION
 AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

FULLY DILUTED	                   									
																																																									
	<S>	                                                 <C>         <C>           <C>								
 Weighted average shares outstanding used										
     in the computation of primary earnings per share	"5,186,442 "		"5,074,943 "		"4,981,152 "					
										
Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock  										
     to common stock	"849,011 "		"849,494 "		"850,000 "					
										
Weighted average common and common										
     equivalent shares outstanding	"6,035,453 "		"5,924,437 "		"5,831,152 "					
										
Income (loss) before extraordinary gain and										
"cumulative effect of accounting change,"										
less Series C preferred dividends and Series B 										
"preferred dividend differential, net of tax"	"($8,035,000)"		"$868,000 "		"$10,498,000 "					
										
"Extraordinary gain, net of tax"	-		"316,000 "		            -					
										
"Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax"	-		"1,454,000 "		            -					
										
Net income (loss) available to common										
shareholders 	"($8,035,000)"		"$2,638,000 "		"$10,498,000 "					
					
					
Fully diluted earnings per common share:					
     Before extraordinary gain and cumulative					
        effect of accounting change	($1.33)		$0.15 		$1.80 
     Extraordinary gain	-		0.05 		-
     Cumulative effect of accounting change	-		0.25 		-
     Net income (loss) per common share	($1.33)		$0.45 		$1.80 
					
   Note:For 1992 the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and the Convertible Debenture are antidilutive.  					
</TABLE>					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					


                                        
                                   EXHIBIT 22
                                        
                         Subsidiaries of the Registrant
                                        
                                        
                                        Jurisdiction   Percentage
                                          of        Voting Securities
                                      Incorporation     Held
Ameristone, Incorporated                Delaware         100
Burwharf Corporation                    Delaware         100
Mideast Construction Services, Inc.     Delaware         100
Turner Investment Corporation           Delaware         100
Universal Construction Company Inc.     Delaware         100
Trans-Con of Delaware Inc.              Delaware         100
TDC of Texas                            Delaware         100
Turner Construction Company             New York         100
  Turner Construction Company of Texas  Texas            100
  The Lathrop Company, Inc.             Delaware         100
     Service Products Buildings, Inc.   Ohio             100
     Auburndale Company, Inc.           Ohio             100
  Seaboard Construction Company         Delaware         100
  Turner Caribe, Inc.                   Delaware         100
  Caribe Investment Corporation         Delaware         100
  Offshore Services, Inc.               Delaware         100
  Turner International (U.S.V.I.), Inc. Delaware         100
Turner Development Corporation          Delaware         100
  TDC Corp. of Florida                  Delaware         100
Turner International Industries, Inc.   Delaware         100
  Turner (East Asia) Pte. Limited       Singapore        100
  Turner International Industries (UK) Limited England   100
  Turner International Limited          Bermuda          100
  Turner International (Micronesia) Inc.Delaware         100
  Turner Overseas Services Limited      Delaware         100
  Turner International (Pakistan), Inc. Delaware         100
Rickenbacker Holdings, Inc.             Delaware         100
Rickenbacker Development Corporation    Delaware         100


     Other subsidiaries of the company are omitted since such
subsidiaries, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary,
would not constitute a significant subsidiary.  All of the foregoing
subsidiaries are consolidated in the financial statements.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission